Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

 

Commission file number 0-11487

 

LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

Indiana

35-1559596

(State of incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

202 East Center Street, P.O. Box 1387, Warsaw, Indiana 46581-1387

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Telephone (574) 267-6144

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, no par value

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes __No X  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes __No X  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such other period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No __

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.       

Large accelerated filer [ ]

 

Accelerated filer x

 

Non-accelerated filer [ ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes __ No X  

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the last sales price quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2006, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $270,859,466.

Number of shares of common stock outstanding at February 21, 2007: 12,180,648

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III - Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders dated as of March 5, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.


 

LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page Number

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

3

 

Forward – Looking Statements

4

 

Supervision and Regulation

6

 

Industry Segments

11

 

Guide 3 Information

11

Item 1a.

Risk Factors

29

Item 1b.

Unresolved Staff Comments

33

Item 2.

Properties

34

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

35

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer

 

 

Purchases of Equity Securities

35

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

38

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

39

 

Overview

39

 

Results of Operations

40

 

Financial Condition

42

 

Critical Accounting Policies

45

 

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards

47

 

Liquidity

48

 

Inflation

49

Item 7a.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

50

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

52

 

Financial Statements

52

 

Notes to Financial Statements

56

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statements

83

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

84

Item 9a.

Controls and Procedures

84

Item 9b.

Other Information

86

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

86

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

86

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

 

 

Shareholder Matters

86

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

87

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

87

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

88

 

 

 

 

Form 10-K Signature Page

S1

 

2

 


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Indiana on February 8, 1983. As used herein, the term “Company” refers to Lakeland Financial Corporation, or if the context dictates, Lakeland Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lake City Bank (the “Bank”), an Indiana state bank headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana. Also included in the consolidated financial statements prior to December 27, 2006 is LCB Investments, Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lake City Bank, which is a Bermuda corporation that managed a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio. On December 27, 2006 all securities were transferred to Lake City Bank from LCB Investments, Limited. On December 18, 2006 LCB Investments II, Inc. was formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lake City Bank incorporated in Nevada and will manage a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio beginning in 2007. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

General

 

Company’s Business. The Company is a bank holding company as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company owns all of the outstanding stock of Lake City Bank, Warsaw, Indiana, a full-service commercial bank organized under Indiana law. The Bank recognizes a wholly-owned subsidiary, LCB Investments II, which manages a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio. The Company conducts no business except that incident to its ownership of the outstanding stock of the Bank and the operation of the Bank.

 

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank’s activities cover all phases of commercial banking, including checking accounts, savings accounts, time deposits, the sale of securities under agreements to repurchase, commercial and agricultural lending, direct and indirect consumer lending, real estate mortgage lending, retail and merchant credit card services, corporate cash management services, retirement services, bond administration, safe deposit box service and trust and brokerage services.

 

The Bank’s main banking office is located at 202 East Center Street, Warsaw, Indiana. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had 43 offices in twelve counties throughout northern Indiana.

 

Bank’s Business. The Bank was originally organized in 1872 and has continuously operated under the laws of the State of Indiana since its organization. The Bank’s activities cover all phases of commercial banking, including checking accounts, savings accounts, time deposits, the sale of securities under agreements to repurchase, commercial and agricultural lending, direct and indirect consumer lending, real estate mortgage lending, retail and merchant credit card services, corporate cash management services, retirement services, bond administration, safe deposit box services and trust and brokerage services. The interest rates for both deposits and loans, as well as the range of services provided, are consistent with those of all banks competing within the Bank’s service area.

 

The Bank competes for loans principally through a high degree of customer contact, timely loan review and approval, market-driven competitive loan pricing in certain situations and the Bank’s reputation throughout the region. The Bank believes that its convenience, quality service and high touch, responsive approach to banking enhances its ability to compete favorably in attracting and retaining individual and business customers. The Bank actively solicits deposit-related customers and competes for customers by offering personal attention, professional service and competitive interest rates.

 

Market Overview. While the Company operates in twelve counties, it currently defines operations by four primary geographical markets. They are the South Region, which includes Kosciusko and portions of contiguous counties; the North Region, which includes portions of Elkhart and St. Joseph Counties, the Central Region, which includes portions of Elkhart County and contiguous counties; and the East Region, which includes Allen and contiguous counties. The South Region includes the city of Warsaw, which is the location of the Company’s headquarters. The Company has had a presence in this region since 1872. It has been in the North and Central Regions, which includes the cities of Elkhart, South Bend and Goshen, since 1990. The Company opened its first office in the East Region, which includes the cities of Fort Wayne and Auburn, in 1999. The Company also operates a loan production office in Indianapolis, which is staffed by a commercial loan officer and was opened in 2006.

 

The Company believes that these are well-established and fairly diverse economic regions. The Company’s markets include a mix of industrial and service companies with no business or industry concentrations. Furthermore,

 

3

 


 

Table of Contents

no single industry or employer dominates any of the markets. Fort Wayne represents the largest population center served by the Company’s full-service branch system with a population of 206,000, according to 2000 U.S. Census Bureau data. South Bend, with a 2000 population of 108,000, is the second largest city served by the Company. Elkhart, with a 2000 population of 52,000, is the third largest city that the Company currently serves. As a result of the presence of offices in twelve counties that are widely dispersed, no single city or industry represents an undue concentration. In addition, the Indianapolis market represents a substantial future opportunity given its position as the largest metropolitan market in the state.

 

Expansion Strategy. The Company’s expansion strategy is driven primarily by the potential for increased penetration in existing markets where opportunities for market share growth exists. Additionally, management considers growth in new markets with a close geographic proximity to its current operations. These markets are considered when the Company believes they would be receptive to its strategic plan to deliver broad based financial services with a commitment to local communities. Since the early 1990’s, the Company has focused on growth through de novo branching in locations that management believes have potential for creating new market opportunities or for further penetrating existing markets. The Company also acquired the Fort Wayne, Indiana office of Indiana Capital Management Bank & Trust in late 2003 to augment the existing trust and investment management business and further penetrate the Fort Wayne market. In late 2005, the Company added significant capabilities to the trust and investment management business in Fort Wayne with the addition of three seasoned trust professionals. The Company plans to open a new branch facility in Fort Wayne, Indiana to house the Company’s Fort Wayne based Wealth Advisory Services and to serve the south western market of Fort Wayne. The new location will be a full-service branch facility. As noted earlier, the Company entered the Indianapolis market in 2006 and anticipates that it will expand in the future with full-service banking locations. In new markets, the Company believes it is critical to attract experienced local management with a similar philosophy in order to provide a basis for success.

 

The Company also considers opportunities beyond current markets when the Company’s Board of Directors and management believes that the opportunity will provide a desirable strategic fit without posing undue risk. The Company does not currently have any definitive understandings or agreements for any acquisitions or de novo expansion, other than the Indianapolis market.

 

Products and Services. The Company is a full-service commercial bank and provides commercial, retail, trust and investment management services to its customers. Commercial products include commercial loans and technology-driven solutions to commercial customers’ cash management needs such as internet business banking and on-line cash management services in addition to retirement services, bond administration and health savings account services. Retail banking clients are provided a wide array of traditional retail banking services, including lending, deposit and investment services. Retail lending programs are focused on mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and traditional retail installment loans, including indirect automotive financing. The Company provides credit card services to retail and commercial customers through an outsourced retail card program and merchant processing activity. The Company also has an Honors Private Banking program that is positioned to serve the more financially sophisticated customer with a menu including investment management and trust services, executive mortgage programs and access to financial planning seminars and programs. The Bank’s Prospero Program is dedicated to serving the expanding financial needs of the Latino community. The Company provides trust clients with traditional personal and corporate trust and investment services. The Company also provides retail brokerage services, including an array of financial and investment products such as annuities and life insurance.

 

Forward-looking Statements

 

This document (including information incorporated by reference) contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements, within the meaning of such term in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

 

4

 


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. The factors, which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries are detailed in the “Risk Factors” section included under Item 1a. of Part I of this Form 10-K. In addition to the risk factors described in that section, there are other factors that may impact any public company, including ours, which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries. These additional factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

The economic impact of past and any future terrorist attacks, acts of war or threats thereof and the response of the United States to any such threats and attacks.

 

 

The costs, effects and outcomes of existing or future litigation.

 

 

Changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

 

The ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing as well as anticipated.

 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information regarding these and other risks, uncertainties and other factors, please review the disclosure in this annual report under “Risk Factors”.

 

Business Developments

 

The Company conducts no business except that which is incident to its ownership of the stock of the Bank, the collection of dividends from the Bank, and the disbursement of dividends to shareholders.

 

Lakeland Statutory Trust II (the “Trust”), a statutory business trust, was formed under Connecticut law pursuant to a trust agreement dated October 1, 2003 and a certificate of trust filed with the Connecticut Secretary of State on October 1, 2003. Through a private placement, the trust issued $30.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of (i) issuing the trust securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, (ii) investing the gross proceeds of the trust securities in the subordinated debentures issued by the Company, and (iii) engaging in only those activities necessary, advisable, or incidental thereto. The subordinated debentures are the only assets of the Trust, and payments under the subordinated debentures are the only revenue of the Trust. The Trust has a term of 35 years, but may be terminated earlier as provided in the trust agreement. Pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles, the Trust is not included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

Competition

 

The Bank’s primary service area is northern Indiana. In addition to the banks located within its service area, the Bank also competes with savings and loan associations, credit unions, farm credit services, finance companies, personal loan companies, insurance companies, money market funds, and other non-depository financial intermediaries. Also, financial intermediaries such as money market mutual funds and large retailers are not subject to the same regulations and laws that govern the operation of traditional depository institutions and accordingly may have an advantage in competing for funds.

 

The Bank competes with other major banks for large commercial deposit and loan accounts. The Bank is presently subject to an aggregate maximum loan limit to any single account pursuant to Indiana law of $23.0 million. The Bank currently enforces an internal limit of $20.0 million, which is less than the amount permitted by law. This maximum might occasionally limit the Bank from providing loans to those businesses or personal accounts whose borrowings periodically exceed this amount. In the event this were to occur, the Bank maintains correspondent relationships with other financial institutions. The Bank may participate with other banks in the placement of large borrowings in excess of its lending limit. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis in order to broaden its mortgage lending and investment activities and to provide additional funds, if necessary, to support these activities.

 

5

 


 

Table of Contentsp

Foreign Operations

 

The Company has no investments with any foreign entity other than two nominal demand deposit accounts. One is maintained with a Canadian bank in order to facilitate the clearing of checks drawn on banks located in other countries. The other is maintained with a bank in Bermuda for LCB Investments, Limited to be used for administrative expenses. There are no foreign loans.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2006, the Company, including its subsidiaries, had 449 full-time equivalent employees. Benefit programs include a 401(k) plan, group medical insurance, group life insurance and paid vacations. The Company also maintained a defined benefit pension plan which, effective April 1, 2000, was frozen and employees can no longer accrue new benefits under that plan. The Company also has a stock option plan under which stock options may be granted to employees and directors. The Company also has an employee deferred compensation plan available to certain employees. The Bank is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement, and employee relations are considered good.

 

Internet Website

 

The Company maintains an internet site at www.lakecitybank.com. The Company makes available free of charge on this site its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, Code of Conduct and the charters of its various committees of the Board of Directors are also available on the website.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

Financial institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, the growth and earnings performance of the Company may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory authorities, including the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Furthermore, taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities and securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and state securities authorities have an impact on the business of the Company. The effect of these statutes, regulations and regulatory policies may be significant, and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

 

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions regulate, among other things, the scope of business, the kinds and amounts of investments, reserve requirements, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers and consolidations and the payment of dividends. This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for the respective operations of the Company and its subsidiaries and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and depositors of the Bank, rather than shareholders.

 

The following is a summary of the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to the Company and its subsidiaries. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. As such, the following is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable law. Any change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

The Company

 

General. The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and is subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the

 

6

 


 

Table of Contents

Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where the Company might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of the Company’s operations and such additional information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries as the Federal Reserve may require. The Company is also subject to regulation by the DFI under Indiana law.

 

Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control. The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The BHCA generally requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a bank holding company of another bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.

 

The BHCA generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be “so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the operation of a thrift, consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development), and mortgage banking and brokerage. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

 

Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature, incidental to any such financial activity or complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. As of the date of this filing, the Company has not applied for approval to operate as a financial holding company.

 

Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances at 10% ownership.

 

Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. If capital levels fall below the minimum required levels, a bank holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

 

The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines establish the following minimum regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies: (i) a risk-based requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets weighted according to risk; and (ii) a leverage requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets. The risk-based requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%. The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly rated companies, with a minimum requirement of 4% for all others. For purposes of these capital standards, Tier 1 capital consists primarily of permanent stockholders’ equity less intangible assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships). Total capital consists primarily of Tier 1 capital plus certain other debt and equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital and a portion of the company’s allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

7

 


 

Table of Contents

The risk-based and leverage standards described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s minimum requirements.

 

Dividend Payments. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As an Indiana corporation, the Company is subject to the limitations of the Indiana General Business Corporation Law, which prohibit the Company from paying dividends if the Company is, or by payment of the dividend would become, insolvent, or if the payment of dividends would render the Company unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business. Additionally, policies of the Federal Reserve caution that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

Federal Securities Regulation. The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Consequently, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

The Bank

 

General. The Bank is an Indiana-chartered bank, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). As of April 18, 2006, the Bank became a member of the Federal Reserve System (“member bank”). As an Indiana-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank, the Bank is presently subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the DFI, the chartering authority for Indiana banks, the Federal Reserve, as the primary federal regulator of member banks, and the FDIC, as administrator of the DIF.

Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system under which insured depository institutions are assigned to one of four risk assessment categories based upon their respective levels of capital, supervisory evaluations and other financial factors. Institutions that are well-capitalized and exhibit minimal or no supervisory weaknesses pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized and considered of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest premium. An institution’s risk-classification is determined by the FDIC.

 

For the past several years, FDIC insurance assessments ranged from 0% to 0.27% of total deposits. Pursuant to regulatory amendments adopted by the FDIC, effective January 1, 2007, insurance assessments will range from 0.05% to 0.43% of total deposits (unless subsequently adjusted by the FDIC). FDIC-insured institutions that were in existence as of December 31, 1996, and paid an FDIC-insurance assessment prior to that date (“eligible institutions”), as well as successors to eligible institutions, will be entitled to a credit that may be applied to offset insurance premium assessments due for assessment periods beginning on and after January 1, 2007. The amount of an eligible institution’s assessment credit will be equal to the institution’s pro rata share (based on its assessment base as of December 31, 1996, as compared to the aggregate assessment base of all eligible institutions as of December 31, 1996) of the aggregate amount the FDIC would have collected if it had imposed an assessment of 10.5 basis points on the combined assessment base of all institutions insured by the FDIC as of December 31, 2001. Subject to certain statutory limitations, an institution’s assessment credit may be applied to offset the full amount of premiums assessed in 2007, but may not be applied to more than 90% of the premiums assessed in 2008, 2009 or 2010. The FDIC will track the amount of an institution’s assessment credit and automatically apply it to the institution’s premium assessment to the maximum extent permitted by federal law.

 

8

 


 

Table of Contents

FICO Assessments.   The Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan Bank Board pursuant to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Recapitalization Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year non-callable bonds of approximately $8.2 billion that mature by 2019. Since 1996, federal legislation has required that all FDIC-insured depository institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations. These FICO assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the FDIC for deposit insurance. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the FICO assessment rate was approximately 0.01% of deposits.

 

Supervisory Assessments. All Indiana banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the DFI to fund the operations of the DFI. The amount of the assessment is calculated on the basis of the bank’s total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the DFI totaling $139,000.

 

Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. Under federal regulations, the Bank is subject to the following minimum capital standards: (i) a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others; and (ii) a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4%. In general, the components of Tier 1 capital and total capital are the same as those for bank holding companies discussed above.

 

The capital requirements described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions. For example, federal regulations provide that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

 

Further, federal law and regulations provide various incentives for financial institutions to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory requirements. For example, a financial institution that is “well-capitalized” may qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise applicable to certain types of activities and may qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications. Additionally, one of the criteria that determines a bank holding company’s eligibility to operate as a financial holding company is a requirement that all of its financial institution subsidiaries be “well-capitalized.” Under the regulations of the Federal Reserve, in order to be “well-capitalized” a financial institution must maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% or greater, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of 6% or greater and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 5% or greater.

 

Federal law also provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

 

As of December 31, 2006: (i) the Bank was not subject to a directive from the Federal Reserve to increase its capital to an amount in excess of the minimum regulatory capital requirements; (ii) the Bank exceeded its minimum regulatory capital requirements under Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines; and (iii) the Bank was “well-capitalized,” as defined by Federal Reserve regulations.

 

Dividend Payments. The primary source of funds for the Company is dividends from the Bank. Indiana law prohibits the Bank from paying dividends in an amount greater than its undivided profits. The Bank is required to obtain the approval of the DFI for the payment of any dividend if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, would exceed the sum of the Bank’s retained net income

 

9

 


 

Table of Contents

for the year to date combined with its retained net income for the previous two years. Indiana law defines “retained net income” to mean the net income of a specified period, calculated under the consolidated report of income instructions, less the total amount of all dividends declared for the specified period. The Federal Reserve Act also imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that may be paid by state member banks, such as the Bank. Without Federal Reserve approval, a state member bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year that, in the aggregate, exceed the bank’s calendar year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding calendar years.

 

The payment of dividends by any financial institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, approximately $31.2 million was available to be paid as dividends by the Bank. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the Federal Reserve may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the Federal Reserve determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to the Company, on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and the acceptance of the stock or other securities of the Company as collateral for loans made by the Bank. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and officers of the Company, to principal shareholders of the Company and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal shareholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is a director or officer of the Company or the Bank or a principal shareholder of the Company may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

 

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution’s rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

 

Branching Authority. Indiana banks, such as the Bank, have the authority under Indiana law to establish branches anywhere in the State of Indiana, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

 

Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii) federal and state deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging bank to have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is permitted only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such expansion.

 

State Bank Investments and Activities. The Bank generally is permitted to make investments and engage in activities directly or through subsidiaries as authorized by Indiana law. However, under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC-insured state banks are prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not permissible for a national bank. Federal law and FDIC

 

10

 


 

Table of Contents

regulations also prohibit FDIC-insured state banks and their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank unless the bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC determines the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member. These restrictions have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material impact on the operations of the Bank.

 

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations, as presently in effect, require depository institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts), as follows: for transaction accounts aggregating $45.8 million or less, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for transaction accounts aggregating in excess of $45.8 million, the reserve requirement is $1.119 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $45.8 million. The first $8.5 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements.

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

 

While the Company’s chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various Company products and services, the identifiable segments operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Company’s financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment: commercial banking.

 

GUIDE 3 INFORMATION

 

On the pages that follow are tables that set forth selected statistical information relative to the business of the Company. This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as set forth in Items 7 & 8, below, herein incorporated by reference.

11

 


 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY;

INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Yield (1)

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Yield (1)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable (2)(3)

$

1,264,490

 

$

91,946

 

7.27

%

 

 

$

1,084,353

 

$

68,417

 

6.31

%

 

 

 

Tax exempt (1)

 

5,995

 

 

328

 

5.47

 

 

 

 

4,435

 

 

235

 

5.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

293,931

 

 

13,609

 

4.63

 

 

 

 

286,864

 

 

12,806

 

4.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short—term investments

 

12,896

 

 

647

 

5.02

 

 

 

 

6,252

 

 

206

 

3.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

3,269

 

 

151

 

4.62

 

 

 

 

4,027

 

 

127

 

3.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total earning assets

 

1,580,581

 

 

106,681

 

6.75

%

 

 

 

1,385,931

 

 

81,791

 

5.90

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonearning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

56,235

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,234

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

24,750

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,977

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other nonearning assets

 

50,597

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,681

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(13,692

)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,668

)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

1,698,471

 

$

106,681

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,499,155

 

$

81,791

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 35 percent tax rate for 2006 and 2005. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983 included the TEFRA adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expenses.

 

 

(2)

Loan fees, which are immaterial in relation to total taxable loan interest income for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, are included as taxable loan interest income.

 

 

(3)

Nonaccrual loans are included in the average balance of taxable loans.

 

 

12

 


 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY;

INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL (Cont.)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

Table of Contents

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Yield (1)

 

 

 

Balance

 

Income

 

Yield (1)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable (2)(3)

$

1,084,353

 

$

68,417

 

6.31

%

 

 

$

921,807

 

$

49,264

 

5.34

%

 

 

 

Tax exempt (1)

 

4,435

 

 

235

 

5.30

 

 

 

 

9,127

 

 

381

 

4.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

286,864

 

 

12,806

 

4.46

 

 

 

 

281,870

 

 

11,642

 

4.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short—term investments

 

6,252

 

 

206

 

3.29

 

 

 

 

8,806

 

 

132

 

1.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

4,027

 

 

127

 

3.15

 

 

 

 

3,643

 

 

52

 

1.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total earning assets

 

1,385,931

 

 

81,791

 

5.90

%

 

 

 

1,225,253

 

 

61,471

 

5.02

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonearning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

55,234

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,890

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

24,977

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,715

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other nonearning assets

 

44,681

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,423

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(11,668

)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,568

)

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

1,499,155

 

$

81,791

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,332,713

 

$

61,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 35 percent tax rate for 2005 and 2004. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983 included the TEFRA adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expenses.

 

 

(2)

Loan fees, which are immaterial in relation to total taxable loan interest income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, are included as taxable loan interest income.

 

 

(3)

Nonaccrual loans are included in the average balance of taxable loans.

 

 

13

 


 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY;

INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL (Cont.)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Yield

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings deposits

$

67,818

 

$

143

 

0.21

%

 

 

$

70,875

 

$

95

 

0.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking accounts

 

405,209

 

 

12,789

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

342,438

 

 

5,622

 

1.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In denominations under $100,000

 

264,087

 

 

10,787

 

4.08

 

 

 

 

228,689

 

 

7,236

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

In denominations over $100,000

 

430,378

 

 

21,382

 

4.97

 

 

 

 

319,697

 

 

11,378

 

3.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous short—term borrowings

 

144,637

 

 

5,594

 

3.87

 

 

 

 

154,949

 

 

3,790

 

2.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long—term borrowings and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subordinated debentures

 

30,973

 

 

2,529

 

8.17

 

 

 

 

40,891

 

 

2,232

 

5.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

1,343,102

 

 

53,224

 

3.96

%

 

 

 

1,157,539

 

 

30,353

 

2.62

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

219,997

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,971

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

13,418

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,427

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

121,954

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

108,218

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equity

$

1,698,471

 

$

53,224

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,499,155

 

$

30,353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest differential — yield on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average daily earning assets

 

 

 

$

53,457

 

3.38

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

51,438

 

3.71

%

 

 

 

 

14

 


 

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY;

INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL (Cont.)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

Table of Contents

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Yield

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings deposits

$

70,875

 

$

95

 

0.13

%

 

 

$

68,593

 

$

83

 

0.12

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking accounts

 

342,438

 

 

5,622

 

1.64

 

 

 

 

358,945

 

 

3,109

 

0.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In denominations under $100,000

 

228,689

 

 

7,236

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

216,764

 

 

6,129

 

2.83

 

 

 

 

In denominations over $100,000

 

319,697

 

 

11,378

 

3.56

 

 

 

 

181,904

 

 

4,076

 

2.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous short—term borrowings

 

154,949

 

 

3,790

 

2.45

 

 

 

 

148,562

 

 

1,556

 

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long—term borrowings and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subordinated debentures

 

40,891

 

 

2,232

 

5.46

 

 

 

 

46,384

 

 

1,880

 

4.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

1,157,539

 

 

30,353

 

2.62

%

 

 

 

1,021,152

 

 

16,833

 

1.65

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

222,971

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

207,592

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

10,427

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,533

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

108,218

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,436

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equity

$

1,499,155

 

$

30,353

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,332,713

 

$

16,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest differential — yield on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average daily earning assets

 

 

 

$

51,438

 

3.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

44,638

 

3.64

%

 

 

 

 

15

 


 

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST DIFFERENTIALS

(fully taxable equivalent basis)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

 

 

Table of Contents

2006 Over (Under) 2005 (1)

 

 

 

2005 Over (Under) 2004 (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

 

INTEREST AND LOAN FEE INCOME (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

$

12,269

 

$

11,260

 

$

23,529

 

 

 

$

9,462

 

$

9,691

 

$

19,153

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt

 

85

 

 

8

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

(230

)

 

84

 

 

(146

)

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale

 

320

 

 

483

 

 

803

 

 

 

 

209

 

 

955

 

 

1,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short—term investments

 

296

 

 

145

 

 

441

 

 

 

 

(47

)

 

121

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

(27

)

 

51

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

69

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

12,943

 

 

11,947

 

 

24,890

 

 

 

 

9,400

 

 

10,920

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings deposits

 

(4

)

 

52

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

9

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking accounts

 

1,188

 

 

5,979

 

 

7,167

 

 

 

 

(149

)

 

2,662

 

 

2,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In denominations under $100,000

 

1,233

 

 

2,318

 

 

3,551

 

 

 

 

350

 

 

757

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

 

In denominations over $100,000

 

4,667

 

 

5,337

 

 

10,004

 

 

 

 

4,110

 

 

3,192

 

 

7,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miscellaneous short—term borrowings

 

(267

)

 

2,071

 

 

1,804

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

2,164

 

 

2,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long—term borrowings and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

subordinated debentures

 

(630

)

 

927

 

 

297

 

 

 

 

(242

)

 

594

 

 

352

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

6,187

 

 

16,684

 

 

22,871

 

 

 

 

4,142

 

 

9,378

 

 

13,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST DIFFERENTIALS

$

6,756

 

$

(4,737

)

$

2,019

 

 

 

$

5,258

 

$

1,542

 

$

6,800

 

 

 

 

(1)

The earning assets and interest bearing liabilities used to calculate interest differentials are based on average daily balances for 2006, 2005 and 2004. The changes in volume represent "changes in volume times the old rate". The changes in rate represent "changes in rate times old volume". The changes in rate/volume were also calculated by "change in rate times change in volume" and allocated consistently based upon the relative absolute values of the changes in volume and changes in rate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

Tax exempt income was converted to a fully taxable equivalent basis at a 35 percent tax rate for 2006, 2005 and 2004. The tax equivalent rate for tax exempt loans and tax exempt securities acquired after January 1, 1983 included the TEFRA adjustment applicable to nondeductible interest expense.

 

 

16

 


 

ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

The amortized cost and the fair value of securities as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

 

Cost

 

Value

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

1,002

 

$

965

 

 

 

$

1,002

 

$

966

 

 

 

$

1,003

 

$

989

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

31,249

 

 

30,525

 

 

 

 

31,285

 

 

30,484

 

 

 

 

23,042

 

 

22,885

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

213,053

 

 

210,000

 

 

 

 

211,040

 

 

206,596

 

 

 

 

210,997

 

 

208,961

 

 

State and municipal securities

 

53,824

 

 

54,701

 

 

 

 

51,801

 

 

52,889

 

 

 

 

51,682

 

 

53,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

$

299,128

 

$

296,191

 

 

 

$

295,128

 

$

290,935

 

 

 

$

286,724

 

$

286,582

 

 

 

17

 


ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES (cont.)

(fully tax equivalent basis)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

The weighted average yields (1) and maturity distribution (2) for debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2006, were as follows:

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

After One

 

 

 

After Five

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within

 

 

 

Year

 

 

 

Years

 

 

 

Over

 

 

 

One

 

 

 

Within

 

 

 

Within Ten

 

 

 

Ten

 

 

 

Year

 

 

 

Five Years

 

 

 

Years

 

 

 

Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

$

0

 

 

 

$

965

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

 

$

0

 

 

Yield

 

0

%

 

 

 

3.38

%

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government agencies and corporations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

2,949

 

 

 

 

27,576

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

Yield

 

3.25

%

 

 

 

3.93

%

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

 

0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

40

 

 

 

 

14,432

 

 

 

 

70,055

 

 

 

 

125,473

 

 

Yield

 

7.50

%

 

 

 

5.02

%

 

 

 

4.98

%

 

 

 

4.93

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and municipal securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

75

 

 

 

 

2,143

 

 

 

 

19,239

 

 

 

 

33,244

 

 

Yield

 

3.00

%

 

 

 

4.07

%

 

 

 

4.67

%

 

 

 

4.61

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

$

3,064

 

 

 

$

45,116

 

 

 

$

89,294

 

 

 

$

158,717

 

 

Yield

 

3.30

%

 

 

 

4.28

%

 

 

 

4.92

%

 

 

 

4.86

%

 

 

 

18

 


 

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO

Analysis of Loans Outstanding

(in thousands of dollars)

 

The Company segregates its loan portfolio into four basic segments: commercial (including agricultural loans), real estate mortgages, installment and personal line of credit loans (including credit card loans). The loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was as follows:

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

$

1,081,420

 

$

960,046

 

$

784,591

 

$

667,672

 

$

619,963

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt

 

4,991

 

 

4,512

 

 

6,369

 

 

7,785

 

 

4,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total commercial loans

 

1,086,411

 

 

964,558

 

 

790,960

 

 

675,457

 

 

624,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans

 

109,176

 

 

74,820

 

 

54,361

 

 

44,172

 

 

47,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment loans

 

83,934

 

 

67,964

 

 

53,138

 

 

58,722

 

 

75,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit and credit card loans

 

74,376

 

 

91,426

 

 

104,927

 

 

92,653

 

 

74,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal loans

 

1,353,897

 

 

1,198,768

 

 

1,003,386

 

 

871,004

 

 

822,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:Allowance for loan losses

 

(14,463

)

 

(12,774

)

 

(10,754

)

 

(10,234

)

 

(9,533

)

 

 

 

Net deferred loan fees

 

(60

)

 

(38

)

 

(167

)

 

(122

)

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans

$

1,339,374

 

$

1,185,956

 

$

992,465

 

$

860,648

 

$

813,143

 

 

 

 

The real estate mortgage loan portfolio included construction loans totaling $8,636, $7,987, $6,719, $3,932 and $2,540 as of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The loan classifications are based on the nature of the loans as of the loan origination date. There were no foreign loans included in the loan portfolio for the periods presented.

 

19

 


 

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO (cont.)

Analysis of Loans Outstanding (cont.)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

Repricing opportunities of the loan portfolio occur either according to predetermined adjustable rate schedules included in the related loan agreements or upon maturity of each principal payment. The following table indicates the scheduled maturities of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006.

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real

 

 

 

Credit and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Estate

 

Installment

 

Credit Card

 

Total

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original maturity of one day

$

395,979

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

74,376

 

$

470,355

 

34.74

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other within one year

 

131,725

 

 

19,520

 

 

19,880

 

 

0

 

$

171,125

 

12.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year, within five years

 

484,303

 

 

23,197

 

 

57,302

 

 

0

 

$

564,802

 

41.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over five years

 

60,716

 

 

66,327

 

 

6,752

 

 

0

 

$

133,795

 

9.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

13,688

 

 

132

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

$

13,820

 

1.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

$

1,086,411

 

$

109,176

 

$

83,934

 

$

74,376

 

$

1,353,897

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

At maturity, credits are reviewed and, if renewed, are renewed at rates and conditions that prevail at the time of maturity.

 

Loans due after one year which have a predetermined interest rate and loans due after one year which have floating or adjustable interest rates as of December 31, 2006 amounted to $230,286 and $468,311.

 

20

 


 

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO (cont.)

Review of Nonperforming Loans

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

The following is a summary of nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

PART A — PAST DUE ACCRUING LOANS (90 DAYS OR MORE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans

$

0

 

$

89

 

$

117

 

$

160

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

154

 

 

0

 

 

2,633

 

 

2,912

 

 

3,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to individuals for household, family and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other personal expenditures

 

145

 

 

85

 

 

28

 

 

119

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to finance agriculture production and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other loans to farmers

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total past due loans

 

299

 

 

174

 

 

2,778

 

 

3,191

 

 

3,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART B — NONACCRUAL LOANS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans

 

132

 

 

132

 

 

60

 

 

101

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

13,688

 

 

7,189

 

 

7,152

 

 

452

 

 

4,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to individuals for household, family and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other personal expenditures

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans to finance agriculture production and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other loans to farmers

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total past due loans

 

13,820

 

 

7,321

 

 

7,212

 

 

553

 

 

4,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART C — TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURED LOANS

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

$

14,119

 

$

7,495

 

$

9,990

 

$

3,744

 

$

7,603

 

 

 

 

Nonearning assets of the Company include nonperforming loans (as indicated above), nonaccrual investments, other real estate and repossessions, which amounted to $14,225 at December 31, 2006.

 

21

 


 

Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO (cont.)

Comments Regarding Nonperforming Assets

 

PART A - CONSUMER LOANS

 

Consumer installment loans, except those loans that are secured by real estate, are not placed on nonaccrual status since these loans are charged-off when they have been delinquent from 90 to 180 days, and when the related collateral, if any, is not sufficient to offset the indebtedness. Advances under consumer line of credit programs, are charged-off when collection appears doubtful.

 

PART B - NONPERFORMING LOANS

 

When a loan is classified as a nonaccrual loan, interest on the loan is no longer accrued and all accrued interest receivable is charged off. It is the policy of the Bank that all loans for which the collateral is insufficient to cover all principal and accrued interest will be reclassified as nonperforming loans to the extent they are unsecured, on or before the date when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, interest is recognized and included in income only when received. Interest not recorded on nonaccrual loans is referenced in Footnote 4 in Item 8 below.

 

As of December 31, 2006, there were $13.8 million of loans on nonaccrual status, some of which were also on impaired status. There were $13.3 million of loans classified as impaired.

 

PART C - TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURED LOANS

 

Loans renegotiated as troubled debt restructurings are those loans for which either the contractual interest rate has been reduced and/or other concessions are granted to the borrower because of a deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower which results in the inability of the borrower to meet the terms of the loan.

 

As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no loans renegotiated as troubled debt restructurings.

 

PART D - OTHER NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

Management is of the opinion that there are no significant foreseeable losses relating to nonperforming assets, as defined in the preceding table, or classified loans, except as discussed above in Part B – Nonperforming Loans and Part C – Troubled Debt Restructured Loans.

 

PART E - LOAN CONCENTRATIONS

 

There were no loan concentrations within industries not otherwise disclosed, which exceeded ten percent of total loans except commercial real estate. Commercial real estate was $332.9 million at December 31, 2006. Nearly all of the Bank’s commercial, industrial, agricultural real estate mortgage, real estate construction mortgage and consumer loans are made within its basic service area.

 

22

 


 

Table of Contents

Basis For Determining Allowance For Loan Losses:

 

The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses relating to specifically identified loans based on an evaluation, as well as other probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. Management also considers trends in adversely classified loans based upon a monthly review of those credits. An appropriate level of general allowance is determined after considering the following: application of historical loss percentages, emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentration, new industry lending activity and general economic conditions. For a more thorough discussion of the allowance for loan losses methodology see the Critical Accounting Policies section of Item 7.

 

Based upon these policies and objectives, $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $1.2 million were charged to the provision for loan losses and added to the allowance for loan losses in 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses to the various lending areas is performed by management in relation to perceived exposure to loss in the various loan portfolios. However, the allowance for loan losses is available in its entirety to absorb losses in any particular loan category.

23

 


 

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO (cont.)

Summary of Loan Loss

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

The following is a summary of the loan loss experience for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of loans outstanding, December 31,

$

1,353,837

 

$

1,198,730

 

$

1,003,219

 

$

870,882

 

$

822,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily loans outstanding during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ended December 31,

$

1,270,484

 

$

1,088,788

 

$

930,934

 

$

847,555

 

$

770,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, January 1,

$

12,774

 

$

10,754

 

$

10,234

 

$

9,533

 

$

7,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans charged—off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

905

 

 

317

 

 

630

 

 

1,261

 

 

1,268

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

0

 

 

8

 

 

20

 

 

47

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

145

 

 

164

 

 

271

 

 

353

 

 

509

 

 

 

 

Credit cards and personal credit lines

 

22

 

 

112

 

 

73

 

 

113

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans charged—off

 

1,072

 

 

601

 

 

994

 

 

1,774

 

 

1,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of loans previously charged—off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

53

 

 

37

 

 

121

 

 

21

 

 

270

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

13

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

52

 

 

89

 

 

129

 

 

188

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

Credit cards and personal credit lines

 

12

 

 

15

 

 

28

 

 

12

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

117

 

 

141

 

 

291

 

 

221

 

 

406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans charged—off

 

955

 

 

460

 

 

703

 

 

1,553

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan loss charged to expense

 

2,644

 

 

2,480

 

 

1,223

 

 

2,254

 

 

3,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31,

$

14,463

 

$

12,774

 

$

10,754

 

$

10,234

 

$

9,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of net charge—offs during the period to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

average daily loans outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

0.07

%

 

0.02

%

 

0.05

%

 

0.15

%

 

0.13

%

 

 

 

Real estate

 

0.00

 

 

0.00

 

 

0.00

 

 

0.00

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.02

 

 

0.02

 

 

0.05

 

 

 

 

Credit cards and personal credit lines

 

0.00

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ratio of net charge—offs

 

0.08

%

 

0.04

%

 

0.08

%

 

0.18

%

 

0.19

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

nonperforming assets

 

101.67

%

 

169.87

%

 

104.76

%

 

236.46

%

 

123.15

%

 

 

 

 

24

 


 

ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO (cont.)

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

(in thousands of dollars)

 

 

The following is a summary of the allocation for loan losses as of December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Loans as

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Loans as

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Loans as

 

 

 

 

 

For

 

Percentage

 

 

 

For

 

Percentage

 

 

 

For

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Loan

 

of Gross

 

 

 

Loan

 

of Gross

 

 

 

Loan

 

of Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

Allocated allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

12,185

 

80.24

%

 

 

$

10,870

 

80.46

%

 

 

$

8,696

 

78.84

%

 

 

 

Real estate

 

389

 

8.07

 

 

 

 

187

 

6.24

 

 

 

 

136

 

5.40

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

690

 

6.20

 

 

 

 

509

 

5.67

 

 

 

 

398

 

5.29

 

 

 

 

Credit cards and personal credit lines

 

561

 

5.49

 

 

 

 

688

 

7.63

 

 

 

 

789

 

10.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance for loan losses

 

13,825

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

12,254

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

10,019

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated allowance for loan losses

 

638

 

 

 

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

$

14,463

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,774

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

 

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Loans as

 

 

 

Allowance

 

Loans as

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For

 

Percentage

 

 

 

For

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan

 

of Gross

 

 

 

Loan

 

of Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

Losses

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocated allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

$

8,634

 

77.56

%

 

 

$

7,824

 

75.96

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

110

 

5.06

 

 

 

 

123

 

5.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment

 

440

 

6.72

 

 

 

 

573

 

9.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit cards and personal credit lines

 

696

 

10.66

 

 

 

 

563

 

9.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance for loan losses

 

9,880

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

9,083

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated allowance for loan losses

 

354

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

$

10,234

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 


 

ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS

(in thousands of dollars)

 

The average daily deposits for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the average rates paid on those deposits are summarized in the following table:

 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Daily

 

Rate

 

 

 

Daily

 

Rate

 

 

 

Daily

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

$

219,997

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

222,971

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

207,592

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and transaction accounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regular savings

 

67,818

 

0.21

 

 

 

 

70,875

 

0.13

 

 

 

 

68,593

 

0.12

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking

 

405,209

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

342,438

 

1.64

 

 

 

 

358,945

 

0.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits of $100,000 or more

 

430,378

 

4.97

 

 

 

 

319,697

 

3.56

 

 

 

 

181,904

 

2.24

 

 

 

 

Other time deposits

 

264,087

 

4.08

 

 

 

 

228,689

 

3.16

 

 

 

 

216,764

 

2.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

$

1,387,489

 

3.25

%

 

 

$

1,184,670

 

2.05

%

 

 

$

1,033,798

 

1.30

%

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006, time certificates of deposit will mature as follows:

 

 

 

$100,000

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

or more

 

Total

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within three months

$

206,324

 

50.12

%

 

 

$

48,807

 

17.91

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over three months, within six months

 

107,812

 

26.19

 

 

 

 

59,692

 

21.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over six months, within twelve months

 

50,451

 

12.25

 

 

 

 

77,858

 

28.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over twelve months

 

47,118

 

11.44

 

 

 

 

86,184

 

31.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total time certificates of deposit

$

411,705

 

100.00

%

 

 

$

272,541

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

26

 


 

Table of Contents

QUALITATIVE MARKET RISK DISCLOSURE

 

Management’s market risk disclosure appears under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, below, and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. The Company does not have a material exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk, does not own any material derivative financial instruments and does not maintain a trading portfolio.

 

RETURN ON EQUITY AND OTHER RATIOS

 

The rates of return on average daily assets and stockholders' equity, the dividend payout ratio, and the average daily stockholders' equity to average daily assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of net income to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily total assets

1.10

%

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

1.09

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily stockholders' equity

15.35

%

 

 

16.59

%

 

 

15.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of dividends declared per

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

common share to basic earnings per

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

weighted average number of common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares outstanding (12,069,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares in 2006, 11,927,756 shares in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005 and 11,735,410 shares in 2004)

24.19

%

 

 

30.46

%

 

 

33.87

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of average daily

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stockholders' equity to average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

daily total assets

7.18

%

 

 

7.22

%

 

 

7.16

%

 

 

 

 

               Cash dividends were declared on April 11, July 11 and October 10, 2006 and January 9, 2007.

27

 


 

Table of Contents

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

(in thousands of dollars)

 

The following is a schedule, at the end of the year indicated, of statistical information relating to securities sold under agreement to repurchase maturing within one year and secured by either U.S. Government agency securities or mortgage-backed securities classified as other debt securities and other short-term borrowings maturing within one year. There were no other categories of short-term borrowings for which the average balance outstanding during the period was 30 percent or more of stockholders' equity at the end of each period.

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

$

0

 

 

 

$

43,000

 

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$

106,670

 

 

 

$

91,071

 

 

 

$

88,057

 

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

$

80,000

 

 

 

$

75,000

 

 

 

$

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate average interest rate at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

4.42

%

 

 

 

2.47

%

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

3.59

%

 

 

 

2.91

%

 

 

 

0.62

%

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

 

5.36

%

 

 

 

4.26

%

 

 

 

1.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highest amount outstanding as of any month end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

$

53,000

 

 

 

$

106,500

 

 

 

$

59,000

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$

106,670

 

 

 

$

92,589

 

 

 

$

90,007

 

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

$

80,000

 

 

 

$

89,900

 

 

 

$

75,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate average outstanding during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

$

19,119

 

 

 

$

26,364

 

 

 

$

17,046

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

$

92,870

 

 

 

$

85,666

 

 

 

$

84,907

 

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

$

31,726

 

 

 

$

41,902

 

 

 

$

45,423

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate average interest rate during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

 

5.22

%

 

 

 

3.41

%

 

 

 

1.55

%

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

3.20

%

 

 

 

1.67

%

 

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

 

5.13

%

 

 

 

3.31

%

 

 

 

1.60

%

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase include fixed rate, term transactions initiated by the Bank, as well as corporate sweep accounts. Other short-term borrowings consist of Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

 

28

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 1a. RISK FACTORS

 

In addition to the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, shareholders or prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors:

 

Our business is concentrated in and dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of our primary market areas.

 

We operate primarily in four geographical markets, all of which are located in Northern Indiana and are further described in the “Business” section included under Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-K. We have developed a particularly strong presence in the South Region, which includes Kosciusko County and portions of contiguous counties, the North Region, which includes portions of Elkhart and St. Joseph County, and the Central Region, which includes portions of Elkhart County and contiguous counties. These regions represent the more mature markets. In addition, we have experienced rapid growth in the East Region, which includes Allen and DeKalb Counties. The Company also operates a loan production office in Indianapolis, which is staffed by a commercial loan officer and was opened in 2006. Our success depends upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets. Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond these market areas, adverse economic conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans to us and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.

 

We may experience difficulties in managing our growth and our growth strategy involves risks that may negatively impact our net income.

 

As part of our general growth strategy, we may expand into additional communities or attempt to strengthen our position in our current markets by opening new branches and acquiring existing branches of other financial institutions. To the extent that we undertake additional branch openings and acquisitions, we are likely to continue to experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations, which may have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include potential diversion of our management’s time and attention and general disruption to our business.

 

Although we do not have any current plans to do so, we may also acquire banks and related businesses that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business we may also engage in de novo bank formations as we have in the past and intend to do in the Indianapolis market in the future. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions and de novo bank formations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately and profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks and businesses will involve similar risks to those commonly associated with branching, but may also involve additional risks, including:

 

 

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;

 

exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired bank or related business;

 

difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of banks and businesses we acquire; and

 

the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and businesses we acquire.

 

We face intense competition in all phases of our business from other banks and financial institutions.

 

The banking and financial services business in our market is highly competitive. Our competitors include large regional banks, local community banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, money market mutual funds, credit unions, farm credit services and other non-bank financial service providers. Many of these competitors are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as we are and are able to provide customers with a feasible alternative to traditional banking services.

 

Increased competition in our market may also result in a decrease in the amounts of our loans and deposits, reduced spreads between loan rates and deposit rates or loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and remain profitable. If increased competition causes us to significantly discount the interest rates we offer on loans or increase the amount we pay on

 

29

 


 

Table of Contents

deposits, our net interest income could be adversely impacted. If increased competition causes us to relax our underwriting standards, we could be exposed to higher losses from lending activities. Additionally, many of our competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and larger lending limits and offer a broader range of financial services than we can offer.

 

Interest rates and other conditions impact our results of operations.

 

Our profitability is significantly driven by the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and the interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Like most banking institutions, our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors, including fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in such rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities will be such that they are affected differently by a given change in interest rates. As a result, an increase or decrease in rates, the length of loan terms or the mix of adjustable and fixed rate loans in our portfolio could have a positive or negative effect on our net income, capital and liquidity. We measure interest rate risk under various rate scenarios and using specific criteria and assumptions. A summary of this process, along with the results of our net interest income simulations is presented at “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” included under Item 7a of Part II of this Form 10-K. Although we believe our current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable and effectively managed, significant fluctuations in interest rates may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We must effectively manage our credit risk.

 

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions. We attempt to minimize our credit risk through prudent loan application approval procedures, careful monitoring of the concentration of our loans within specific industries, a centralized credit administration department and periodic independent reviews of outstanding loans by our loan review department. However, we cannot assure you that such approval and monitoring procedures will reduce these credit risks.

 

The majority of the Bank’s loan portfolio is invested in commercial and commercial real estate loans. These loans represent higher dollar volumes to fewer customers. As a result, we may assume greater lending risks than other community banking-type financial institutions that have a lesser concentration of such loans and are more retail oriented. Our lending activity and the risks commonly associated with such lending are further described in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” section included under Item 7 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

 

Commercial and industrial and agri-business loans make up a significant portion of our loan portfolio.

 

Commercial and industrial and agri-business loans were $1.086 billion, or approximately 80% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006. Our commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, machinery or real estate. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any exists. Whenever possible, we require a personal guarantee on commercial loans. As a result, in the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. The collateral securing other loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

 

Our loan portfolio has a large concentration of commercial real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate value.

 

Real estate lending (including commercial, construction, and, to a much lesser extent, residential) is a large portion of our loan portfolio. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. Although a significant portion of such loans are secured by real estate as a secondary form of collateral, adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. Additionally, real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is

 

30

 


 

Table of Contents

dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Economic events or governmental regulations outside of the control of the borrower or lender could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected properties.

 

If the loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled during a time when market conditions are declining or have declined, then we may not be able to realize the amount of security that we anticipated at the time of originating the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our consumer loans generally have a higher degree of risk of default than our other loans.

 

At December 31, 2006, consumer loans totaled $158.3 million, or 12%, of our total loan and lease portfolio. Consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances with higher yields as compared to one-to four-family residential loans, but generally carry higher risks of default. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on these loans.

 

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

 

We established our allowance for loan losses in consultation with management and regulatory authorities and maintain it at a level considered adequate by management to absorb loan losses that are inherent in the portfolio. The amount of future loan losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and such losses may exceed current estimates. At December 31, 2006, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.07% and as a percentage of total non-performing loans was approximately 102%. Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses on any existing loans, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty, and we cannot assure you that our allowance for loan losses will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future. Loan losses in excess of our reserves may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses and the methodology we use to determine an appropriate level of reserves is located in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” section included under Item 7 of Part II of this Form 10-K.

 

Our continued pace of growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

 

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We anticipate that our existing capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future. However, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support our continued growth. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth, branching, de novo bank formations and/or acquisitions could be materially impaired.

 

Our community banking strategy relies heavily on our management team, and the unexpected loss of key managers may adversely affect our operations.

 

Much of our success to date has been influenced strongly by our ability to attract and to retain senior management experienced in banking and financial services and familiar with the communities in our market areas. Our ability to retain executive officers, the current management teams, branch managers and loan officers of our bank subsidiary will continue to be important to the successful implementation of our strategy. It is also critical, as we grow, to be able to attract and retain qualified additional management and loan officers with the appropriate level of experience and knowledge about our market areas to implement our community-based operating strategy. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

31

 


 

Table of Contents

Government regulation can result in limitations on our operations.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and are subject to supervision and regulation by a number of governmental regulatory agencies, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions. Regulations adopted by these agencies, which are generally intended to provide protection for depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of shareholders, govern a comprehensive range of matters relating to ownership and control of our shares, our acquisition of other companies and businesses, permissible activities for us to engage in, maintenance of adequate capital levels and other aspects of our operations. These bank regulators possess broad authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law. The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time and we cannot predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability. Increased regulation could increase our cost of compliance and adversely affect profitability. For example, new legislation or regulation may limit the manner in which we may conduct our business, including our ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.

 

We have a continuing need for technological change and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology.

 

The financial services industry is constantly undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market areas. Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to offer, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we cannot provide you with assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

 

There is a limited trading market for our common shares, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price shareholders paid for them.

 

Although our common shares are listed for trading on the Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market, the trading in our common shares has less liquidity than many other companies quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers and sellers of our common shares at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. We cannot assure you that volume of trading in our common shares will increase in the future.

 

System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

 

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

32

 


 

Table of Contents

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

 

Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

 

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

ITEM 1b. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

 

We have no unresolved SEC staff comments.

 

33

 


 

 

Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

 

The Company conducts its operations from the following locations:

 

Location

 

Main/Headquarters

202 East Center St.

Warsaw

IN

Warsaw Drive-up

East Center St.

Warsaw

IN

Akron

102 East Rochester

Akron

IN

Argos

100 North Michigan

Argos

IN

Auburn

1220 East 7th St.

Auburn

IN

Bremen

1600 State Road 331

Bremen

IN

Columbia City

601 Countryside Dr.

Columbia City

IN

Concord

4202 Elkhart Rd.

Goshen

IN

Cromwell

111 North Jefferson St.

Cromwell

IN

Elkhart Beardsley

864 East Beardsley St.

Elkhart

IN

Elkhart East

22050 State Road 120

Elkhart

IN

Elkhart Hubbard Hill

58404 State Road 19

Elkhart

IN

Elkhart Northwest

1208 North Nappanee St.

Elkhart

IN

Fort Wayne North

302 East DuPont Rd.

Fort Wayne

IN

Fort Wayne Northeast

10411 Maysville Rd.

Fort Wayne

IN

Fort Wayne Southwest

10429 Illinois Rd.

Fort Wayne

IN

Fort Wayne Downtown

200 East Main St., Suite 600

Fort Wayne

IN

Goshen Downtown

102 North Main St.

Goshen

IN

Goshen South

2513 South Main St.

Goshen

IN

Granger

12830 State Road 23

Granger

IN

Huntington

1501 North Jefferson St.

Huntington

IN

Kendallville East

631 Professional Way

Kendallville

IN

LaGrange

901 South Detroit

LaGrange

IN

Ligonier Downtown

222 South Cavin St.

Ligonier

IN

Ligonier South

1470 U.S. Highway 33 South

Ligonier

IN

Medaryville

Main St.

Medaryville

IN

Mentone

202 East Main St.

Mentone

IN

Middlebury

712 Wayne Ave.

Middlebury

IN

Milford

State Road 15 North

Milford

IN

Mishawaka

5015 North Main St.

Mishawaka

IN

Nappanee

202 West Market St.

Nappanee

IN

North Webster

644 North Main St.

North Webster

IN

Pierceton

202 South First St.

Pierceton

IN

Plymouth

862 East Jefferson St.

Plymouth

IN

Rochester

507 East 9th St.

Rochester

IN

Shipshewana

895 North Van Buren St.

Shipshewana

IN

Silver Lake

102 Main St.

Silver Lake

IN

South Bend Northwest

21113 Cleveland Rd.

South Bend

IN

Syracuse

502 South Huntington

Syracuse

IN

Warsaw East

3601 Commerce Dr.

Warsaw

IN

Warsaw North

420 Chevy Way

Warsaw

IN

Warsaw West

1221 West Lake St.

Warsaw

IN

Winona Lake

99 Chestnut St.

Winona Lake

IN

Winona Lake East

1324 Wooster Rd.

Winona Lake

IN

 

The Company leases from third parties the real estate and buildings for its Milford, Winona Lake East and Fort Wayne Downtown offices. In addition, the Company leases the real estate for its four freestanding ATMs. All the other branch facilities are owned by the Company. The Company also owns parking lots in downtown Warsaw for the use and convenience of Company employees and customers, as well as leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures necessary to operate the banking facilities.

 

34

 


 

Table of Contents

In addition, the Company owns buildings at 110 South High St., Warsaw, Indiana, and 114-118 East Market St., Warsaw, Indiana, which it uses for various offices, a building at 113 East Market St., Warsaw, Indiana, which it uses for office and computer facilities, and a building at 109 South Buffalo St., Warsaw, Indiana, which it uses for training and development. The Company has purchased property in the West Jefferson Market Square Development in Fort Wayne, Indiana, where it is currently constructing a full-service facility which will open during 2007. The Company also leases from third parties facilities in Warsaw, Indiana, for property management facilities, in Elkhart, Indiana, for computer facilities and office space in Indianapolis, Indiana, for a loan production office.

 

 

None of the Company’s assets are the subject of any material encumbrances.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

There are no material pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business to which the Company and the Bank are a party or of which any of their property is subject.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

 

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2006.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

4th

 

3rd

 

2nd

 

1st

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading prices (per share)* **

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Low

$

23.47

 

$

21.84

 

$

20.47

 

$

19.90

 

 

 

 

High

$

26.40

 

$

24.97

 

$

24.29

 

$

23.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared (per share)**

$

0.125

 

$

0.125

 

$

0.125

 

$

0.000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading prices (per share)* **

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Low

$

19.01

 

$

19.30

 

$

17.50

 

$

18.56

 

 

 

 

High

$

22.60

 

$

21.94

 

$

20.38

 

$

20.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared (per share)**

$

0.115

 

$

0.115

 

$

0.115

 

$

0.115

 

 

 

 

* The trading ranges are the high and low prices as obtained from The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

** Share and per share data has been adjusted for a 2-for-1 stock split on April 28, 2006.

 

The common stock of the Company began being quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol LKFN in August, 1997. On December 31, 2006, the Company had approximately 484 shareholders of record and estimates that it has approximately 2,200 shareholders in total.

 

The Company paid dividends as set forth in the table above. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders is largely dependent upon the dividends it receives from the Bank, and the Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of cash dividends it may pay. See “Business – Supervision and Regulation – The Company – Dividend Payments” and “Business - Supervision and Regulation – The Bank – Dividend Payments” for a more detailed description of these limitations.

 

35

 


 

Table of Contents

The following table provides information about purchases by the Company and its affiliates during the quarter ended December 31, 2006 of equity securities that are registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Number (or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Appropriate Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

Value) of Shares that

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

May Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Average Price

 

Announced Plans or

 

Under the Plans or

 

 

Period

Shares Purchased

 

Paid per Share

 

Programs

 

Programs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10/01/06-10/31/06

0

 

$

0.00

 

0

 

$

0.00

 

 

11/01/06-11/30/06

426

 

 

25.54

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

12/01/06-12/31/06

0

 

 

0.00

 

0

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

426

 

$

0.00

 

0

 

$

0.00

 

 

The shares purchased during the periods were credited to the deferred share accounts of eight non-employee directors under the Company’s directors’ deferred compensation plan.

 

36

 


 

Table of Contents

STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The stock price performance graph below shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this proxy statement into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent Lakeland Financial specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.

The graph below compares the cumulative total return of Lakeland Financial, the Nasdaq Market Index and a peer group index.

 


 

INDEX

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

Lakeland Financial Corporation

$100.00

$137.05

$211.95

$243.98

$253.95

$328.05

NASDAQ Market Index

100.00

68.76

103.67

113.16

115.57

127.58

Peer Group Index

100.00

122.82

167.20

202.04

201.35

232.55

 

* Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2001 and dividends were reinvested.

 

The peer group index is comprised of all financial institution holding companies in the United States with total assets between $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion dollars whose equity securities were traded on an exchange or national quotation service.

 

37

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

2003

 

 

2002

 

 

 

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

Interest income

$

105,551

 

 

$

80,616

 

 

$

60,182

 

 

$

60,517

 

 

$

64,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

53,224

 

 

 

30,353

 

 

 

16,833

 

 

 

18,137

 

 

 

22,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

52,327

 

 

 

50,263

 

 

 

43,349

 

 

 

42,380

 

 

 

42,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,644

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

2,254

 

 

 

3,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for loan losses

 

49,683

 

 

 

47,783

 

 

 

42,126

 

 

 

40,126

 

 

 

38,972

 

 

Other noninterest income

 

17,751

 

 

 

15,983

 

 

 

15,394

 

 

 

14,728

 

 

 

12,643

 

 

Gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

0

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

Net gains on sale of real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mortgages held for sale

 

581

 

 

 

934

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

3,018

 

 

 

1,914

 

 

Net securities gains (losses)

 

(68

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

55

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

(39,712

)

 

 

(38,057

)

 

 

(36,660

)

 

 

(37,679

)

 

 

(34,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

28,235

 

 

 

27,437

 

 

 

21,847

 

 

 

20,693

 

 

 

18,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

9,514

 

 

 

9,479

 

 

 

7,302

 

 

 

6,828

 

 

 

6,520

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

18,721

 

 

$

17,958

 

 

$

14,545

 

 

$

13,865

 

 

$

12,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

outstanding*

 

12,069,300

 

 

 

11,927,756

 

 

 

11,735,410

 

 

 

11,639,832

 

 

 

11,627,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share*

$

1.55

 

 

$

1.51

 

 

$

1.24

 

 

$

1.19

 

 

$

1.06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

outstanding*

 

12,375,467

 

 

 

12,289,466

 

 

 

12,128,154

 

 

 

12,002,898

 

 

 

11,916,772

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share*

$

1.51

 

 

$

1.46

 

 

$

1.20

 

 

$

1.16

 

 

$

1.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared*

$

0.38

 

 

$

0.46

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

$

0.34

 

 

* Share and per share data have been adjusted for a 2-for-1 stock split on April 28, 2006.

 

38

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (continued)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

1,836,706

 

$

1,634,613

 

$

1,453,122

 

$

1,271,414

 

$

1,249,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

$

1,353,837

 

$

1,198,730

 

$

1,003,219

 

$

870,882

 

$

822,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

$

1,475,765

 

$

1,266,245

 

$

1,115,399

 

$

926,391

 

$

913,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total short—term borrowings

$

187,484

 

$

211,542

 

$

185,650

 

$

184,761

 

$

184,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long—term borrowings

$

45

 

$

46

 

$

10,046

 

$

30,047

 

$

31,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

$

30,928

 

$

30,928

 

$

30,928

 

$

30,928

 

$

20,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

$

130,187

 

$

113,334

 

$

101,765

 

$

90,022

 

$

83,880

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

OVERVIEW

 

Lakeland Financial Corporation is the holding company for Lake City Bank. The Company is headquartered in Warsaw, Indiana and operates 43 offices in twelve counties in northern Indiana. The Company earned $18.7 million for the year 2006 versus $18.0 million for 2005, an increase of 4.3%. The increase was driven primarily by a $2.1 million increase in net interest income and a $553,000 increase in noninterest income. Offsetting these positive impacts was a $1.7 million increase in noninterest expense and a $164,000 increase in the provision for loan losses. The Company earned $18.0 million for the year 2005 versus $14.5 million for 2004, an increase of 23.5%. The increase was driven primarily by a $6.9 million increase in net interest income and a $1.3 million increase in noninterest income, which included the sale of the Company’s retail credit card portfolio in the fourth quarter of 2005. The sale of the portfolio resulted in a pre-tax gain of $863,000, or $513,000 on an after-tax basis. Offsetting these positive impacts was a $1.4 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.3 million increase in the provision for loan losses. Excluding the impact of the gain on sale of the credit card portfolio, net income for the year 2005 would have been $17.4 million, or diluted net income per share of $1.42, a 20% increase versus $14.5 million in 2004. Management believes that this pro forma disclosure is important for management to assess the 2005 operating performance due to the one-time non-recurring event.

 

Basic earnings per share for the year 2006 was $1.55 per share versus $1.51 per share for 2005 and $1.24 for 2004. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended 2006 was $1.51 per share versus $1.46 per share for the year ended 2005 and $1.20 for the year ended 2004. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilutive impact of stock options granted under an employee stock option plan.

 

The Company’s total assets were $1.837 billion as of December 31, 2006 versus $1.635 billion as of December 31, 2005, an increase of $202.1 million or 12.4%. This increase was primarily due to a $121.2 million increase in commercial loans from $964.6 million at December 31, 2005 to $1.086 billion at December 31, 2006.

 

39

 


 

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

2006 versus 2005

 

The Company reported record net income of $18.7 million in 2006, an increase of $763,000, or 4.3%, versus net income of $18.0 million in 2005. Net interest income increased $2.1 million, or 4.1%, to $52.3 million versus $50.3 million in 2005. Net interest income increased due to growth in commercial loans. Interest income increased $24.9 million, or 30.9%, from $80.6 million in 2005 to $105.6 million in 2006. The increase was driven primarily by increases in average earning assets, as well as an 85 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield on average earning assets over the year. Interest expense increased $22.9 million, or 75.4%, from $30.4 million in 2005 to $53.2 million in 2006. The increase was primarily the result of a 121 basis point increase in the Company’s daily cost of funds over the year. The Company had a net interest margin of 3.38% in 2006 versus 3.71% in 2005. Average earning assets increased by $194.7 million from $1.4 billion in 2005 to $1.6 billion in 2006. The primary driver was a $181.7 million increase in the average daily loan balance. This loan growth was led by significant growth in the Fort Wayne market and with balanced growth in the Bank’s other regions. Deposits increased to fund the loan growth during 2006, driven primarily by increases of $62.8 million in average interest bearing transaction accounts, $38.1 million in average public fund deposits, $33.0 million in average brokered deposit balances and $75.1 million in the average other time deposit account balances. Management believes that the growth in the loan portfolio will likely continue as a result of our strategic focus on commercial lending and in conjunction with the general expansion and penetration of the geographical markets the Company serves, as well as our proposed expansion in the Indianapolis market.

 

Nonaccrual loans were $13.8 million, or 1.02% of total loans, at year end versus $7.3 million, or 0.61% of total loans, at the end of 2005. There were five relationships totaling $13.3 million classified as impaired as of December 31, 2006 versus five relationships totaling $6.9 million at the end of 2005. The increase in impaired and nonperforming loans resulted from the addition of a single borrowing relationship with aggregate loans totaling $7.6 million. The borrower is engaged in commercial and residential real estate development in northern Indiana. Borrower collateral, including real estate, and personal guarantees of its principals support this credit, although there can be no assurances that full repayment of the loans will result. Net charge-offs were $955,000 in 2006 versus $460,000 in 2005, representing 0.08% and 0.04% of average daily loans in 2006 and 2005. Total nonperforming loans were $14.1 million, or 1.04% of total loans, at year end 2006 versus $7.5 million, or 0.63% of total loans, at the end of 2005. The provision for loan loss expense was $2.6 million in 2006, resulting in an allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2006 of $14.5 million, which represented 1.07% of the loan portfolio, versus a provision for loan loss expense of $2.5 million in 2005 and an allowance for loan losses of $12.8 million at the end of 2005, or 1.07% of the loan portfolio. The higher provision in 2006 versus 2005 was attributable to a number of factors, but was primarily a result of general growth in the loan portfolio as well as higher allocations on specific watch list credits, including the large additional impaired credit relationship mentioned above. The level of loan loss provision is also influenced by other factors related to the growth in the loan portfolio, such as emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentration, new industry lending activity, general economic conditions and historical loss percentages. In addition, management gives consideration to changes in the allocation for specific watch list credits in determining the appropriate level of the loan loss provision. Management’s overall view on current credit quality was also a factor in the determination of the provision for loan losses. The Company’s management continues to monitor the adequacy of the provision based on loan levels, asset quality, economic conditions and other factors that may influence the assessment of the collectability of loans.

 

Noninterest income was $18.3 million in 2006 versus $17.7 million in 2005, an increase of $553,000, or 3.1%. The 2005 noninterest income included a one-time gain of $863,000 which resulted from the sale of the Company’s retail credit card portfolio. The 2006 increase was driven by a $727,000, or 23.4%, increase in wealth advisory and investment brokerage fees. Additionally, noninterest income increased due to a $518,000, or 7.7%, increase in service charges on deposit accounts due largely to increased overdraft activity resulting in more overdraft charges as well as an increase in the per item fee implemented in 2006. Loan, insurance and service fees increased $308,000, or 15.5%, driven by higher fee income on Visa check cards. Offsetting these increases were decreases of $353,000, or 37.8%, in net gains on sales of real estate mortgages held for sale. As experienced by the industry generally, this decrease was the result of the decreased level of mortgage activity during 2006 resulting from rising mortgage interest rates during the year.

 

Noninterest expense increased $1.7 million, or 4.4%, from $38.1 million in 2005 to $39.7 million in 2006. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $1.8 million, or 8.9%, driven by higher incentive-based compensation as well as normal salary increases and staff additions. Net occupancy expense decreased from $2.8 million in 2005 to $2.5 million in 2006, primarily as a result of lower maintenance expense. Equipment expense decreased from $1.9

 

40

 


 

Table of Contents

million in 2005 to $1.8 million in 2006, primarily as a result of lower depreciation expense. Depreciation expense was lower as a result of decreased depreciation on equipment leased under operating lease arrangements. Many existing operating leases became fully depreciated and there were few new operating leases during 2006.

 

As a result of these factors, income before income tax expense increased $798,000, or 2.9%, from $27.4 million in 2005 to $28.2 million in 2006. Income tax expense was $9.5 million in both 2006 and 2005. Income tax as a percentage of income before tax was 33.7% in 2006 versus 34.5% in 2005. An increase in the Company’s income derived from tax-advantaged sources contributed to the lower tax rate in 2006. Net income increased $763,000, or 4.3%, to $18.7 million in 2006 versus $18.0 million in 2005. Basic earnings per share in 2006 was $1.55, an increase of 2.7%, versus $1.51 in 2005. The Company’s net income performance represented a 16.5% return on January 1, 2006, stockholders’ equity versus 17.7% in 2005. The net income performance resulted in a 1.10% return on average daily assets in 2006 versus 1.20% in 2005.

 

2005 versus 2004

 

The Company reported net income of $18.0 million in 2005, an increase of $3.4 million, or 23.5%, versus net income of $14.5 million in 2004. Net interest income increased $7.0 million, or 15.9%, to $50.3 million versus $43.3 million in 2004. Net interest income increased due to growth in commercial loans as well as increases in interest rates in 2005 that contributed to an improvement in net interest income. Interest income increased $20.4 million, or 34.0%, from $60.2 million in 2004 to $80.6 million in 2005. The increase was driven primarily by an 88 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield on average earning assets over the year as well as increases in average earning assets. Interest expense increased $13.5 million, or 80.3%, from $16.8 million in 2004 to $30.4 million in 2005. The increase was primarily the result of a 97 basis point increase in the Company’s daily cost of funds over the year. The Company had a net interest margin of 3.71% in 2005 versus 3.64% in 2004. Average earning assets increased by $160.7 million from $1.2 billion in 2004 to $1.4 billion in 2005. The primary driver was a $157.9 million increase in the average daily loan balance. This loan growth was led by significant growth in the Fort Wayne market and with balanced growth in the Bank’s other regions. Deposits increased to fund the loan growth during 2005, driven primarily by increases of $26.1 million in the average brokered deposit balances, $123.6 million in the average other time deposit account balances and increases of $15.4 million in the average daily demand deposit balances.

 

Nonaccrual loans were $7.3 million, or 0.61% of total loans, at year end versus $7.2 million, or 0.72% of total loans, at the end of 2004. There were five relationships totaling $6.9 million classified as impaired as of December 31, 2005 versus four relationships totaling $9.3 million at the end of 2004. The decrease in impaired loans was due primarily to the upgrade of a single commercial credit that was classified as impaired because, pursuant to the terms of the loan documentation, it had matured, although the parties were working to have it renewed. The renewal of the loan in question had been complicated as more than one bank was involved which resulted in it being past maturity. The renewal issues were resolved in the third quarter of 2005, the participant bank is no longer involved in the credit and at the conclusion of 2005 and 2006 the loan is current as to principal and interest. Net charge-offs were $460,000 in 2005 versus $703,000 in 2004, representing 0.04% and 0.08% of average daily loans in 2005 and 2004. Total nonperforming loans were $7.5 million, or 0.63% of total loans, at year end 2005 versus $10.0 million, or 1.00% of total loans, at the end of 2004. The provision for loan loss expense was $2.5 million in 2005, resulting in an allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2005 of $12.8 million, which represented 1.07% of the loan portfolio, versus a provision for loan loss expense of $1.2 million in 2004 and an allowance for loan losses of $10.8 million at the end of 2004, or 1.07% of the loan portfolio. The higher provision in 2005 versus 2004 was attributable to a number of factors, but was primarily a result of general growth in the loan portfolio as well as higher allocations on specific watch list credits. The level of loan loss provision was also influenced by other factors related to the growth in the loan portfolio, such as emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentration, new industry lending activity, general economic conditions and historical loss percentages. In addition, management gave consideration to changes in the allocation for specific watch list credits in determining the appropriate level of the loan loss provision. Management’s overall view on credit quality was also a factor in the determination of the provision for loan losses. The Company’s management continued to monitor the adequacy of the provision based on loan levels, asset quality, economic conditions and other factors that may influence the assessment of the collectability of loans.

 

Noninterest income was $17.7 million in 2005 versus $16.4 million in 2004, an increase of $1.3 million, or 8.1%. The increase primarily resulted from an $863,000 gain on the sale of the Company’s retail credit card portfolio. Management’s decision to sell the portfolio was driven by the desire to provide a more fully featured business and retail credit card program to clients. Additionally, noninterest income increased due to a $216,000, or 9.7%, increase in merchant card fee income driven by higher volume activity in interchange and merchant fees.

 

41

 


 

Table of Contents

Other income increased by $234,000, or 15.9% driven by a $169,000 increase in income earned on bank owned life insurance in 2005 versus 2004 and a $62,000 gain on the sale of other real estate.

 

Noninterest expense increased $1.4 million, or 3.8%, from $36.7 million in 2004 to $38.1 million in 2005. Salaries and employee benefits increased by $870,000, or 4.4%, driven by higher incentive-based compensation as well as normal salary increases and staff additions. Other expense increased by $433,000, or 5.1%, driven by higher corporate and business development expenses as well as higher professional fees. Net occupancy expense increased from $2.5 million in 2004 to $2.8 million in 2005, primarily as a result of higher property taxes and maintenance expense. Equipment expense decreased from $2.1 million in 2004 to $1.9 million in 2005, primarily as a result of lower depreciation expense. Depreciation expense was lower as a result of technology asset additions related to system upgrades in prior years. Most of these assets had fully depreciated as of December 31, 2005, and still represent stable technology platforms. Data processing fees and supplies decreased from $2.5 million in 2004 to $2.4 million in 2005 primarily due to improved pricing with the Company’s processing agents. Credit card interchange fees increased from $1.4 million in 2004 to $1.5 million in 2005 driven by higher processing costs charged by VISA and increased credit card usage.

 

As a result of these factors, income before income tax expense increased $5.6 million, or 25.6%, from $21.8 million in 2004 to $27.4 million in 2005. Income tax expense was $9.5 million in 2005 versus $7.3 million in 2004. Income tax as a percentage of income before tax was 34.5% in 2005 versus 33.4% in 2004. The higher tax rate resulted from a decreased percentage of the Company’s income being derived from tax-advantaged sources. Net income increased $3.4 million, or 23.5%, to $18.0 million in 2005 versus $14.5 million in 2004. Basic earnings per share in 2005 was $3.01, an increase of 21.4%, versus $2.48 in 2004. The Company’s net income performance represented a 17.7% return on January 1, 2005, stockholders’ equity versus 16.2% in 2004. The net income performance resulted in a 1.20% return on average daily assets in 2005 versus 1.09% in 2004.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had 43 offices serving twelve counties in northern Indiana and one loan production office in Indianapolis. The Company added no new full-service offices during 2006, but did add the loan production office in 2006. Since 1996, the Company has added seventeen new offices through acquisition and internal growth. The Company will consider future acquisition and expansion opportunities with an emphasis on markets that it believes would be receptive to its business philosophy of local, independent banking. The Company plans to open a new branch facility in Fort Wayne, Indiana during 2007 to house the Company’s Fort Wayne based Wealth Advisory Services and to serve the south western market of Fort Wayne. The new location will be a full-service branch facility.

 

Total assets of the Company were $1.837 billion as of December 31, 2006, an increase of $202.1 million, or 12.4%, when compared to $1.635 billion as of December 31, 2005.

 

Total cash and cash equivalents increased by $37.0 million, or 44.8%, to $119.7 million at December 31, 2006 from $82.7 million at December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to a corresponding increase in the Company’s deposits.

 

Total securities available for sale increased by $5.3 million, or 1.8%, to $296.2 million at December 31, 2006 from $290.9 million at December 31, 2005. The increase was a result of a number of activities in the securities portfolio. Paydowns from prepayments of $43.9 million were received, and the amortization of premiums, net of the accretion of discounts, was $1.8 million. Maturities, calls and sales of securities totaled $24.5 million. These portfolio decreases were offset by securities purchases totaling $74.2 million. The fair value of the securities increased $1.3 million as a result of the inverted yield curve environment during 2006. The investment portfolio is managed to limit the Company’s exposure to risk and contains mostly collateralized mortgage obligations and other securities which are either directly or indirectly backed by the federal government or a local municipal government. The investment portfolio did not contain any corporate debt instruments or trust preferred instruments as of December 31, 2006.

 

Real estate mortgages held for sale increased by $1.2 million, or 126.6%, to $2.2 million at December 31, 2006 from $960,000 at December 31, 2005. The balance of this asset category is subject to a high degree of variability depending on, among other things, recent mortgage loan rates and the timing of loan sales into the secondary market. During 2006, $38.6 million in real estate mortgages were originated for sale and $37.1 million in mortgages were sold, compared to $43.9 million and $45.5 million in 2005. This lower volume of real estate mortgages originated was caused primarily by the increase in mortgage interest rates from historically low levels.

 

42

 


 

Table of Contents

Total loans, excluding real estate mortgages held for sale, increased by $155.1 million, or 12.9%, to $1.354 billion at December 31, 2006 from $1.199 billion at December 31, 2005. The mix of loan types within the Company’s portfolio continued a trend toward a higher percentage of the total loan portfolio being in commercial loans. The portfolio breakdown at year end 2006 reflected 80% commercial and industrial and agri-business, 8% real estate and 12% consumer loans compared to 81% commercial and industrial and agri-business, 6% real estate and 13% consumer loans at December 31, 2005.

 

At December 31, 2006, the allowance for loan losses was $14.5 million, or 1.07% of total loans outstanding, versus $12.8 million, or 1.07%, of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2005. The process of identifying probable credit losses is a subjective process. Therefore, the Company maintains a general allowance to cover probable incurred credit losses within the entire portfolio. The methodology management uses to determine the adequacy of the loan loss reserve includes the following considerations.

 

The Company has a relatively high percentage of commercial and commercial real estate loans, most of which are extended to small or medium-sized businesses. Commercial loans represent higher dollar loans to fewer customers and therefore higher credit risk than other types of loans. Pricing is adjusted to manage the higher credit risk associated with these types of loans. The majority of fixed rate mortgage loans, which represent increased interest rate risk, are sold in the secondary market, as well as some variable rate mortgage loans. The remainder of the variable rate mortgage loans and a small number of fixed rate mortgage loans are retained. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is at a level commensurate with the overall risk exposure of the loan portfolio. However, if economic conditions would become unfavorable certain borrowers may experience difficulty and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require further increases in the provision for loan losses.

 

Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the uncollectability of the principal is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable incurred credit losses relating to specifically identified loans based on an evaluation, as well as other probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay. Management also considers trends in adversely classified loans based upon a monthly review of those credits. An appropriate level of general allowance is determined after considering the following factors: application of historical loss percentages, emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentrations, new industry lending activity and current economic conditions. Federal regulations require insured institutions to classify their own assets on a regular basis. The regulations provide for three categories of classified loans – substandard, doubtful and loss. The regulations also contain a special mention category. Special mention is defined as loans that do not currently expose an insured institution to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification, but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention. Assets classified as substandard or doubtful require the institution to establish specific allowances for loan losses. If an asset or portion thereof is classified as loss, the insured institution must either establish specified allowances for loan losses in the amount of 100% of the portion of the asset classified loss, or charge off such amount. At December 31, 2006, on the basis of management’s review of the loan portfolio, the Company had loans totaling $69.7 million on the classified loan list versus $49.6 million on December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $26.9 million of assets classified special mention, $42.6 million classified as substandard, $100,000 classified as doubtful and $0 classified as loss as compared to $24.6 million, $24.7 million, $333,000 and $0 at December 31, 2005.

 

Allowance estimates are developed by management taking into account actual loss experience, adjusted for current economic conditions. The Company discusses this methodology with regulatory authorities to ensure compliance. Allowance estimates are considered a prudent measurement of the risk in the Company’s loan portfolio and are applied to individual loans based on loan type. In accordance with FASB Statements 5 and 114, the allowance is provided for losses that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date and is based on past events and current economic conditions, and does not include the effects of expected losses on specific loans or groups of loans that are related to future events or expected changes in economic conditions. For a more thorough discussion of the allowance for loan losses methodology see the Critical Accounting Policies section of this Item.

 

The allowance for loan losses increased $1.7 million from $12.8 million December 31, 2005 to $14.5 million at December 31, 2006. Pooled loan allocations increased $421,000 from $3.7 million at December 31, 2005 to $4.2 million at December 31, 2006, which was primarily a result of an increase in pooled loan balances of $156.2 million year over year. Specific loan allocations increased $1.2 million from $8.5 million at December 31, 2005 to

 

43

 


 

Table of Contents

$9.7 million at December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily from the addition of one credit with an allocation of $1.2 million. The borrower is engaged in commercial and residential real estate development in northern Indiana. Borrower collateral, including real estate, and personal guarantees of its principals support this credit, although there can be no assurances that full repayment of the loans will result. The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses increased $118,000 from $520,000 at December 31, 2005 to $638,000 at December 31, 2006.

 

The Company has experienced growth in total loans over the last three years of $483.0 million, or 55.5%. The concentration of this loan growth was in the commercial loan portfolio. Commercial loans comprised 80%, 81% and 79% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Traditionally, this type of lending may have more credit risk than other types of lending because of the size and diversity of the credits. The Company manages this risk by adjusting its pricing to the perceived risk of each individual credit and by diversifying the portfolio by customer, product, industry and geography. Management has historically considered growth and portfolio composition when determining loan loss allocations. Management believes that it is prudent to continue to provide for loan losses in a manner consistent with its historical approach due to the loan growth described above and current economic conditions.

 

As a result of the methodology in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the provision for loan losses was $2.6 million in 2006 versus $2.5 million in 2005. At December 31, 2006, total nonperforming loans increased by $6.6 million to $14.1 million from $7.5 million at December 31, 2005. Loans delinquent 90 days or more that were included in the accompanying financial statements as accruing totaled $299,000 versus $174,000 at December 31, 2005. Total impaired loans increased by $6.4 million to $13.3 million at December 31, 2006 from $6.9 million at December 31, 2005. The increase in impaired and nonperforming loans resulted from the addition of the single borrowing relationship in northern Indiana discussed above. The $13.3 million in impaired loans are all in nonaccrual status. The Company allocated $3.4 million and $2.9 million of the allowance for loan losses to the impaired loans in 2006 and 2005. A loan is impaired when full payment under the original loan terms is not expected. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature such as residential mortgage, consumer, and credit card loans, and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance may be allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

Management has observed a regional softening in economic conditions in the Company’s markets, as well as slow downs in certain industries, including residential and commercial real estate development, recreational vehicle and mobile home manufacturing and other regional industries. The Company believes that the impact of these industry-specific issues will be mitigated by its overall expansion strategy, which promotes diversification among industries as well as a continued focus on enforcement of a strong credit environment and an aggressive position on loan work-out situations. The allowance for loan loss to total loans percentage was 1.07% in both 2005 and 2006. The Company does not believe that it has experienced any meaningful change in overall asset quality, and its total nonperforming loans were 1.04% of total loans at year end 2006 versus 0.63% of total loans at the end of 2005. However, the Company’s overall asset quality position can be influenced by a small number of credits due to the focus on commercial lending activity.

 

Total deposits increased by $209.5 million, or 16.6%, to $1.476 billion at December 31, 2006 from $1.266 billion at December 31, 2005. The increase resulted from increases of $93.8 million in other certificates of deposit, $54.1 million in money market and golden plus transaction accounts, $30.4 million in brokered deposits, $21.2 million in Investors’ Money Market Accounts, $10.9 million in demand deposit accounts and $851,000 in money market accounts. These increases were offset by a decrease of $1.7 million in savings accounts.

 

Total short-term borrowings decreased by $24.1 million, or 11.4%, to $187.5 million at December 31, 2006 from $211.5 million at December 31, 2005. The decrease resulted from decreases of $43.0 million in federal funds purchased and $1.7 million in U.S. Treasury demand notes offset by increases of $15.6 million in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $5.0 million in other short-term borrowings, primarily short-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis.

 

The Company believes that a strong, appropriately managed capital position is critical to long-term earnings and expansion. Bank regulatory agencies exclude the market value adjustment created by SFAS No. 115 (AFS adjustment) from capital adequacy calculations. Excluding this adjustment from the calculation, the Company had a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.8% and a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 10.8% as of December 31, 2006. These ratios met or exceeded the Federal Reserve’s “well-capitalized” minimums of 10.0% and 6.0%, respectively.

 

44

 


 

Table of Contents

The ability to maintain and grow these ratios is a function of the balance between net income and a prudent dividend policy. Total stockholders’ equity increased by 14.9% to $130.2 million as of December 31, 2006 from $113.3 million as of December 31, 2005. The increase in 2006 resulted from net income of $18.7 million, as well as the following factors:

 

 

cash dividends of $4.5 million,

 

a favorable change in the AFS adjustment for the market valuation on securities held for sale of $989,000, net of tax,

 

positive minimum pension liability adjustment of $95,000, net of tax,

 

an adjustment to initially apply SFAS NO. 158 of $448,000, net of tax,

 

$210,000 for the acquisition of treasury stock and

 

$2.0 million related to stock option exercises.

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased by 11.6% to $113.3 million as of December 31, 2005 from $101.8 million as of December 31, 2004. The increase in 2005 resulted from net income of $18.0 million, as well as the following factors:

 

 

cash dividends of $5.5 million,

 

an unfavorable change in the AFS adjustment for the market valuation on securities held for sale of $2.6 million, net of tax,

 

a positive minimum pension liability adjustment of $18,000, net of tax,

 

$171,000 for the acquisition of treasury stock and

 

$1.7 million related to stock option exercises.

 

The 2006 AFS adjustment was primarily related to an 88 basis point increase in the two to five year U.S. Treasury rates during 2006. Management has factored this into the determination of the size of the AFS portfolio to assure that stockholders’ equity is adequate under various scenarios.

 

Other than those indicated in this management’s discussion and in the risk factors set forth in this annual report, management is not aware of any known trends, events or uncertainties that would have a material effect on the Company’s liquidity, capital and results of operations. In addition, management is not aware of any regulatory recommendations that, if implemented, would have such an effect.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Certain of the Company’s accounting policies are important to the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Some of the facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include changes in interest rates, in the performance of the economy or in the financial condition of borrowers. Management believes that its critical accounting policies include determining the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of mortgage servicing rights.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that a loan will not be repaid. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Allocations of the allowance are made for specific loans and for pools of similar types of loans, although the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged against the allowance. A provision for loan losses is taken based on management’s ongoing evaluation of the appropriate allowance balance. A formal evaluation of the adequacy of the loan loss allowance is conducted at least monthly and more often if deemed necessary. The ultimate recovery of all loans is susceptible to future market factors beyond the Company’s control.

 

The level of loan loss provision is influenced by growth in the overall loan portfolio, emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentration, new industry lending activity, general economic conditions and historical loss analysis. In addition, management gives consideration to changes in the allocation for specific watch list credits in determining the appropriate level of the loan loss provision. Furthermore, management’s overall view on credit quality is a factor in the determination of the provision.

 

45

 


 

Table of Contents

The determination of the appropriate allowance is inherently subjective, as it requires significant estimates. The Company has an established process to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that generally includes consideration of the following factors: changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality and current economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay. Consideration is not limited to these factors, although they represent the most commonly cited factors. With respect to specific allocation levels for individual credits, management generally considers the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows and the valuation of collateral as the primary measures. Management also considers trends in adversely classified loans based upon an ongoing review of those credits. With respect to pools of similar loans, we generally use percentage allocations based upon historical analysis. We may also adjust these allocations for other factors cited above. An appropriate level of general allowance for pooled loans is determined after considering the following: application of historical loss percentages, emerging market risk, commercial loan focus and large credit concentration, new industry lending activity and general economic conditions. It is also possible that the following could affect the overall process: social, political, economic and terrorist events or activities. All of these factors are susceptible to significant change. As a result of this detailed process, the allowance results in two forms of allocations, specific and general. These two components represent the total allowance for loan losses deemed adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

 

Commercial loans are subject to a dual standardized grading process administered by the credit administration and internal loan review functions. A credit grade is assigned to each commercial loan by both the commercial loan officer and the loan review department. These grade assignments are performed independent of each other and may or may not be the same grade. The loan review grade is the grade assigned in the Company’s loan system for individual credits. The need for specific allocation of the loan loss reserve is considered for individual credits when graded special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss. Other considerations with respect to specific allocations for individual credits include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) does the customer’s cash flow or net worth appear insufficient to repay the loan; (b) is there adequate collateral to repay the loan; (c) has the loan been criticized in a regulatory examination; (d) is the loan on non-accrual; (e) are there other reasons where the ultimate collectibility of the loan is in question; or (f) are there unique loan characteristics require special monitoring. Specific allowances are established in cases where management has identified significant conditions or circumstances related to an individual credit that we believe indicates the loan is impaired.

 

Allocations are also applied to categories of loans not considered individually impaired but for which the rate of loss is expected to be consistent with or greater than historical averages. Such allocations are based on past loss experience and information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values. In addition, general allocations are made for other pools of loans, including non-classified loans. These general pooled loan allocations are performed for similar portfolios of consumer and residential real estate loans, and loans within certain industry categories believed to present unique risk of loss. General allocations of the allowance are primarily made based on a five-year historical average for loan losses for these portfolios, judgmentally adjusted for economic factors and portfolio trends.

 

Due to the imprecise nature of estimating the allowance for loan losses, the Company’s allowance for loan losses includes an unallocated component. The unallocated component of the allowance for loan losses incorporates the Company’s judgmental determination of inherent losses that may not be fully reflected in other allocations, including factors such as the level of classified credits, economic uncertainties, industry trends impacting specific portfolio segments, broad portfolio quality trends and trends in the composition of the Company’s large commercial loan portfolio and related large dollar exposures to individual borrowers.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights Valuation

 

Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are recognized and included with other assets for the allocated value of retained servicing rights on loans sold. Servicing rights are expensed in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the rights, using groupings of the underlying loans as to type and interest rate. Fair value is determined based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions.

 

To determine the fair value of MSRs, the Company uses a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. In using this valuation method, the Company incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, which include estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, cost to service, escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income, late fees, and float income.

 

46

 


 

Table of Contents

The most significant assumption used to value MSRs is prepayment rate. In general, during periods of declining interest rates, the value of MSRs decline due to increasing prepayment speeds attributable to increased mortgage refinancing activity. Prepayment rates are estimated based on published industry consensus prepayment rates. Prepayments will increase or decrease in correlation with market interest rates and actual prepayments generally differ from initial estimates. If actual prepayment rates are different than originally estimated, the Company may receive less mortgage servicing income, which could reduce the value of the MSRs. Other assumptions used in estimating the fair value of MSRs do not generally fluctuate to the same degree as prepayment rates, and therefore the fair value of MSRs is less sensitive to changes in these other assumptions.

 

On a monthly basis, the Company evaluates the possible impairment of MSRs based on the difference between the carrying amount and the current fair value of MSRs. For purposes of evaluating and measuring impairment, the Company stratifies its portfolios on the basis of certain risk characteristics, including loan type and interest rate. If impairment exists, a valuation allowance is established for any excess of amortized cost over the current fair value, by risk stratification, through a charge to income. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists for a particular strata, a reduction of the valuation allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.

 

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards:

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.155 (SFAS No. 155), Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation; clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement No. 133; establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free-standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and amends Statement No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying SPE from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156 (SFAS No. 156), Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets - an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. SFAS No. 156 requires the recognition of a servicing asset or servicing liability when entering into a servicing contract to service a financial asset and requires all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities to be initially measured at fair value. Further SFAS No. 156 permits a choice of subsequent measurement methods for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities between the current amortization method and the fair value measurement method. At initial adoption, SFAS No. 156 permits a one time reclassification of available for sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available for sale securities under Statement 115, provided the

securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the exposure to changes in fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that are subsequently measured at fair value. Finally, SFAS No. 156 requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position and additional disclosures for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The Company plans to adopt this standard as of January 1, 2007 and plans to elect the amortization method for subsequent measurement of its servicing assets. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and should be determined based on assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. This

Statement clarifies that market participant assumptions should include assumptions about risk as well as the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset. Additionally, this Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy that provides the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

47

 


 

Table of Contents

FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. FIN 48 requires that realization of an uncertain income tax position be “more likely than not” before it can be recognized in the financial statements. Further, FIN 48 prescribes the benefit to be recorded in the financial statements as the largest amount more likely than not to be realized assuming a review by tax authorities having all relevant information and applying current conventions. FIN 48 also clarifies the financial statement classification of tax-related penalties and interest and sets forth new disclosures regarding unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 06-05, Accounting for Purchase of Life Insurance – Determining the Amount that Could be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. EITF Issue No. 06-05 requires a policyholder to consider any additional amounts included in the contractual terms of the policy in determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract; to determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract assuming the surrender of an individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in a group policy); not to discount the cash surrender value component of the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract when contractual restrictions on the ability to surrender a policy exist, as long as the holder of the policy continues to participate in the changes in the cash surrender value as it had done prior to the surrender request; and if a group of individual-life policies or a group policy only allows for the surrender of all of the individual-life policies or certificates as a group, then the policyholder should determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract on a group basis. The Company plans to adopt this EITF beginning January 1, 2007. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with earlier adoption permitted. EITF Issue 06-04 requires that for an endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a

liability for future benefits in accordance with Statement 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exists) or Opinion 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred compensation contract) based on the substantive agreement with the employee and all available evidence should be considered in determining the substance of the arrangement, such as the explicit written terms of the arrangement, communications made by the employer to the employee, and the determination of whether the employer or the insurer is the primary obligor for the postretirement benefit. The Company does not have any postretirement benefit on endorsement split-dollar life insurance and therefore does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

No other new accounting standards have been issued that are not yet effective that are expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Liquidity

 

Management maintains a liquidity position that it believes will adequately provide funding for loan demand and deposit run-off that may occur in the normal course of business. The Company relies on a number of different sources in order to meet these potential liquidity demands. The primary sources are increases in deposit accounts and cash flows from loan payments and the securities portfolio. Given current prepayment assumptions, the cash flow from the securities portfolio is expected to provide approximately $39.1 million of funding in 2007.

 

In addition to these primary sources of funds, management has several secondary sources available to meet potential funding requirements. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had $210.0 million in Federal Funds lines with correspondent banks and may borrow up to $100.0 million at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis. The Company had all of its securities in the available for sale (AFS) portfolio at December 31, 2006. Therefore, the Company may sell securities to meet funding demands. Management believes that the securities in the AFS portfolio are of high quality and would therefore be marketable. Approximately 82% of this portfolio is comprised of Federal

agency securities or mortgage-backed securities directly or indirectly backed by the Federal government. In addition, the Company has historically sold the majority of its originated mortgage loans on the secondary market to reduce interest rate risk and to create an additional source of funding.

 

During 2006, cash and cash equivalents increased $37.0 million from $82.7 million as of December 31, 2005 to $119.7 million as of December 31, 2006. The primary driver of this increase was an increase in deposit balances of $209.5 million. Other sources of funds were proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of securities of $46.8 million and proceeds from loan sales of $37.7 million. The primary use of funds was a $156.1

 

48

 


 

Table of Contents

million increase in net loans, which is net of approximately $38.6 million in loans originated and sold during 2006. Other uses of funds were purchases of securities of $74.2 million and payments on short-term borrowings of $24.1 million.

 

During 2005, cash and cash equivalents decreased $21.2 million from $103.9 million as of December 31, 2004 to $82.7 million as of December 31, 2005. The primary driver of this decrease was an increase in net loans of $199.1 million, which is net of approximately $43.9 million of loans originated and sold during 2005. Other uses of funds were purchases of securities of $68.4 million and payments on long-term borrowings of $10.0 million. Sources of funds were a net increase in deposits of $150.8 million, proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of securities of $51.0 million and proceeds from loan sales of $46.4 million. Other sources of funds were proceeds from short-term borrowings of $25.9 million and proceeds from the sale of securities of $6.3 million.

 

During 2004, cash and cash equivalents increased $46.4 million from $57.4 million as of December 31, 2003 to $103.9 million as of December 31, 2004. The primary driver of this increase was an increase in deposit balances of $189.0 million. Other sources of funds were proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of securities of $63.2 million and proceeds from loan sales of $60.2 million. The primary use of funds was a $133.0 million increase in net loans, which is net of approximately $59.3 million in loans originated and sold during 2004. Other uses of funds were purchases of securities of $72.0 million and payments on long-term borrowings of $20.0 million.

 

The following tables disclose information on the maturity of the Company’s contractual long-term obligations and commitments. Certificates of deposit listed are those with original maturities of 1 year or more.

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year

 

 

 

 

 

After5

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

or less

 

1-3years

 

4-5years

 

years

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

$

239,596

 

$

167,803

 

$

67,949

 

$

3,734

 

$

110

 

 

 

 

Long—term debt

 

45

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

187

 

 

119

 

 

59

 

 

9

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

30,928

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

30,928

 

 

 

 

Total contractual long—term cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obligations

$

270,756

 

$

167,922

 

$

68,008

 

$

3,743

 

$

31,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

One year

 

Over one

 

 

 

 

 

Committed

 

or less

 

year

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Unused loan commitments

$

538,471

 

$

366,287

 

$

172,184

 

 

 

 

Commercial letters of credit

 

11,514

 

 

9,311

 

 

2,203

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

1,337

 

 

1,337

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Total commitments and letters of credit

$

551,322

 

$

376,935

 

$

174,387

 

 

 

 

Inflation

 

The effects of price changes and inflation can vary substantially for most financial institutions. While management believes that inflation affects the growth of total assets, it believes that it is difficult to assess the overall impact. Management believes this to be the case due to the fact that generally neither the timing nor the magnitude of the inflationary changes in the consumer price index (“CPI”) coincides with changes in interest rates. The price of one or more of the components of the CPI may fluctuate considerably and thereby influence the overall CPI without having a corresponding affect on interest rates or upon the cost of those goods and services normally purchased by the Company. In years of high inflation and high interest rates, intermediate and long-term interest rates tend to increase, thereby adversely impacting the market values of investment securities, mortgage loans and other long-term fixed rate loans. In addition, higher short-term interest rates caused by inflation tend to increase the cost of funds. In other years, the reverse situation may occur.

 

49

 


 

 

Table of Contents

ITEM 7a. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Asset/Liability Management (ALCO) and Securities

 

Interest rate risk represents the Company’s primary market risk exposure. The Company does not have material exposure to foreign currency exchange risk, does not own any significant derivative financial instruments and does not maintain a trading portfolio. The Board of Directors annually reviews and approves the ALCO policy used to manage interest rate risk. This policy sets guidelines for balance sheet structure, which are designed to protect the Company from the impact that interest rate changes could have on net income, but does not necessarily indicate the effect on future net interest income. Given the Company’s mix of interest bearing liabilities and interest bearing assets on December 31, 2006, the net interest margin could be expected to decline in a falling interest rate environment and conversely, to increase in a rising rate environment. During 2006, the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) continued to increase the target fed funds rate raising the rate from 4.25% on December 13, 2005 to 5.25% on June 29, 2006. These actions resulted in an increase in the yield on earning assets from 5.90% for 2005 to 6.75% for 2006. The majority of the increase in the earning assets yield was in the loan portfolio which increased its yield for 2006 by .96% over the yield for 2005. The increase in the yield on earning assets was offset by an increase in the rates paid on deposit accounts. The rate paid on deposit accounts and purchased funds increased from 2.62% for 2005 to 3.96% for 2006. The combined result of the increase in the yield on earning assets and the increase in the rates paid on deposits and purchased funds was a decrease in the net margin from 3.71% for 2005 to 3.38% for 2006. Future changes in the net interest margin will be dependent upon multiple factors including further actions by the FOMC during 2007, competitive pressures in the various markets served, and changes in the structure of the balance sheet in response to customer demands for products and services.

 

The Company utilizes a computer program to stress test the balance sheet under a wide variety of interest rate scenarios. The model quantifies the income impact of changes in customer preference for products, basis risk between the assets and the liabilities that support them and the risk inherent in different yield curves, as well as other factors. The ALCO committee reviews these possible outcomes and makes loan, investment and deposit decisions that maintain reasonable balance sheet structure in light of potential interest rate movements. Although management does not consider GAP ratios in this planning, the information can be used in a general fashion to look at asset and liability mismatches. The Company’s cumulative repricing GAP ratio as of December 31, 2006 for the next 12 months using a rates unchanged scenario was a negative 17.34% of earning assets.

 

The Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. Treasury securities, agencies, mortgage-backed securities and municipal bonds. During 2006, purchases in the securities portfolio consisted primarily of agency securities and municipal bonds. As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s investment in mortgage-backed securities represented approximately 71% of total securities and consisted primarily of CMOs and mortgage pools issued by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities are each guaranteed by their respective agencies as to principal and interest. All mortgage securities purchased by the Company are within risk tolerances for price, prepayment, extension and original life risk characteristics contained in the Company’s investment policy. The Company uses Bloomberg analytics to evaluate and monitor all purchases. As of December 31, 2006, the securities in the AFS portfolio had approximately a two and three-quarter year average life with approximately 10% price depreciation in the event of a 300 basis points upward movement. The portfolio had approximately 5% price appreciation in the event of a 300 basis point downward movement in rates. As of December 31, 2006, all mortgage securities were performing in a manner consistent with management’s original expectations.

 

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s financial instruments used for purposes other than trading that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For loans, securities and liabilities with contractual maturities, the tables present principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities, as well as the Company’s historical experience of the impact of interest-rate fluctuations on the prepayment of residential and home equity loans and mortgage-backed securities. Core deposits such as deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings and money market deposits that have no contractual maturity, are shown under Year 1, however historical experience indicates that some portion of the balances are retained over time. Weighted-average variable rates are based upon rates existing at the reporting date.

 

50

 


 

 

Table of Contents

2006

 

 

 

 

 

Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in:

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

Year 1

 

Year 2

 

Year 3

 

Year 4

 

Year 5

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

12/31/2006

 

 

 

 

Rate sensitive assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rate loans

$

167,316

 

$

130,942

 

$

114,955

 

$

86,122

 

$

102,042

 

$

34,151

 

$

635,528

 

$

633,222

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

6.88

%

 

6.63

%

 

6.56

%

 

6.81

%

 

7.17

%

 

6.64

%

 

6.79

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable interest rate loans

$

488,132

 

$

62,091

 

$

37,587

 

$

18,990

 

$

11,973

 

$

99,536

 

$

718,309

 

$

716,451

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

8.10

%

 

8.55

%

 

8.23

%

 

8.21

%

 

8.18

%

 

7.90

%

 

8.11

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rate securities

$

46,266

 

$

56,536

 

$

62,931

 

$

43,161

 

$

14,982

 

$

74,997

 

$

298,873

 

$

295,938

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

4.06

%

 

3.82

%

 

4.28

%

 

2.68

%

 

1.11

%

 

4.68

%

 

3.86

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable interest rate securities

$

254

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

254

 

$

253

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

8.44

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

8.44

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other interest—bearing assets

$

54,447

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

54,447

 

$

54,447

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

4.41

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

4.41

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate sensitive liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non—interest bearing checking

$

258,472

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

258,472

 

$

258,472

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings & interest bearing checking

$

533,047

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

533,047

 

$

533,047

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

3.06

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

3.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits

$

550,190

 

$

107,530

 

$

15,908

 

$

6,534

 

$

2,926

 

$

1,158

 

$

684,246

 

$

683,375

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

5.01

%

 

4.97

%

 

4.14

%

 

4.43

%

 

4.80

%

 

4.46

%

 

4.98

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed interest rate borrowings

$

22,474

 

$

21,253

 

$

21,253

 

$

21,252

 

$

21,252

 

$

45

 

$

107,529

 

$

107,528

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

3.33

%

 

3.20

%

 

3.20

%

 

3.20

%

 

3.20

%

 

6.15

%

 

3.23

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable interest rate borrowings

$

80,000

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

30,928

 

$

110,928

 

$

112,197

 

 

 

 

Average interest rate

 

5.36

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

8.26

%

 

6.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands except share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

65,252

 

 

 

$

77,387

 

 

 

 

Short—term investments

 

54,447

 

 

 

 

5,292

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

119,699

 

 

 

 

82,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale (carried at fair value)

 

296,191

 

 

 

 

290,935

 

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans held for sale

 

2,175

 

 

 

 

960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $14,463 and $12,774

 

1,339,374

 

 

 

 

1,185,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land, premises and equipment, net

 

25,177

 

 

 

 

24,563

 

 

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

20,570

 

 

 

 

19,654

 

 

 

 

Accrued income receivable

 

8,720

 

 

 

 

7,416

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

4,970

 

 

 

 

4,970

 

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

825

 

 

 

 

1,034

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

19,005

 

 

 

 

16,446

 

 

 

 

Total assets

$

1,836,706

 

 

 

$

1,634,613

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest bearing deposits

$

258,472

 

 

 

$

247,605

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

1,217,293

 

 

 

 

1,018,640

 

 

 

 

Total deposits.

 

1,475,765

 

 

 

 

1,266,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short—term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased

 

0

 

 

 

 

43,000

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

106,670

 

 

 

 

91,071

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury demand notes

 

814

 

 

 

 

2,471

 

 

 

 

Other short—term borrowings

 

80,000

 

 

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

 

Total short—term borrowings

 

187,484

 

 

 

 

211,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued expenses payable

 

11,959

 

 

 

 

10,423

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

338

 

 

 

 

2,095

 

 

 

 

Long—term borrowings

 

45

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

Subordinated debentures

 

30,928

 

 

 

 

30,928

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

1,706,519

 

 

 

 

1,521,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments, off—balance sheet risks and contingencies (Notes 1 and 19)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock: 180,000,000 shares authorized, no par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,117,808 shares issued and 12,031,023 outstanding as of December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,972,108 shares issued and 11,894,684 outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

1,453

 

 

 

 

1,453

 

 

 

 

Additional paid—in capital

 

16,525

 

 

 

 

14,287

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

116,516

 

 

 

 

102,327

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(3,178

)

 

 

 

(3,814

)

 

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost (2006 — 86,785 shares, 2005 — 77,424 shares)

 

(1,129

)

 

 

 

(919

)

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

130,187

 

 

 

 

113,334

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

1,836,706

 

 

 

$

1,634,613

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

52

 


 

 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (in thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

$

91,946

 

 

 

$

68,417

 

 

 

$

49,264

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt

 

279

 

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividends on securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

10,123

 

 

 

 

9,343

 

 

 

 

8,103

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt

 

2,405

 

 

 

 

2,341

 

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

 

Interest on short—term investments

 

798

 

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

105,551

 

 

 

 

80,616

 

 

 

 

60,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

45,101

 

 

 

 

24,331

 

 

 

 

13,397

 

 

 

 

Interest on borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short—term

 

5,594

 

 

 

 

3,790

 

 

 

 

1,556

 

 

 

 

Long—term

 

2,529

 

 

 

 

2,232

 

 

 

 

1,880

 

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

53,224

 

 

 

 

30,353

 

 

 

 

16,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

52,327

 

 

 

 

50,263

 

 

 

 

43,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,644

 

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN LOSSES

 

49,683

 

 

 

 

47,783

 

 

 

 

42,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth advisory and investment brokerage income

 

3,840

 

 

 

 

3,113

 

 

 

 

3,015

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

7,260

 

 

 

 

6,742

 

 

 

 

6,740

 

 

 

 

Loan, insurance and service fees

 

2,292

 

 

 

 

1,984

 

 

 

 

1,945

 

 

 

 

Merchant card fee income

 

2,413

 

 

 

 

2,435

 

 

 

 

2,219

 

 

 

 

Other income

 

1,946

 

 

 

 

1,709

 

 

 

 

1,475

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

0

 

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Net gains on sales of real estate mortgage loans held for sale

 

581

 

 

 

 

934

 

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

 

Net securities losses

 

(68

)

 

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

 

18,264

 

 

 

 

17,711

 

 

 

 

16,381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

22,378

 

 

 

 

20,543

 

 

 

 

19,673

 

 

 

 

Net occupancy expense

 

2,510

 

 

 

 

2,774

 

 

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

 

Equipment costs

 

1,799

 

 

 

 

1,942

 

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

 

Data processing fees and supplies

 

2,457

 

 

 

 

2,396

 

 

 

 

2,546

 

 

 

 

Credit card interchange

 

1,627

 

 

 

 

1,527

 

 

 

 

1,397

 

 

 

 

Other expense

 

8,941

 

 

 

 

8,875

 

 

 

 

8,442

 

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

 

39,712

 

 

 

 

38,057

 

 

 

 

36,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

28,235

 

 

 

 

27,437

 

 

 

 

21,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

9,514

 

 

 

 

9,479

 

 

 

 

7,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME

$

18,721

 

 

 

$

17,958

 

 

 

$

14,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

 

12,069,300

 

 

 

 

11,927,756

 

 

 

 

11,735,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

$

1.55

 

 

 

$

1.51

 

 

 

$

1.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES

 

12,375,467

 

 

 

 

12,289,466

 

 

 

 

12,128,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

$

1.51

 

 

 

$

1.46

 

 

 

$

1.20

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53

 


 

 

 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (in thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Stock

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2004

$

1,453

 

$

10,509

 

 

$

80,260

 

 

$

(1,282

)

 

$

(918

)

 

$

90,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,545

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,560

 

 

Cash dividends declared, $.42 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,941

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,941

)

 

Treasury shares purchased under deferred directors' plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,572 shares)

 

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(165

)

 

 

0

 

 

Treasury stock sold and distributed under deferred directors'

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

plan (33,392 shares)

 

 

 

 

(335

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

335

 

 

 

0

 

 

Stock issued for stock option exercises (162,220 shares)

 

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

Tax benefit of stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

359

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

1,453

 

 

12,463

 

 

 

89,864

 

 

 

(1,267

)

 

 

(748

)

 

 

101,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,958

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,547

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,547

)

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,411

 

 

Cash dividends declared, $.46 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,495

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,495

)

 

Treasury shares purchased under deferred directors' plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,282 shares)

 

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

0

 

 

Stock issued for stock option exercises (140,400 shares)

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

Tax benefit of stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

485

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

1,453

 

 

14,287

 

 

 

102,327

 

 

 

(3,814

)

 

 

(919

)

 

 

113,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,721

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,084

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,805

 

 

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS NO. 158, net of tax of $305

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(448

)

 

Cash dividends declared, $.375 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,532

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,532

)

 

Treasury shares purchased under deferred directors' plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,361 shares)

 

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(210

)

 

 

0

 

 

Stock issued for stock option exercises (145,700 shares)

 

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

Tax benefit of stock option exercises

 

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

692

 

 

Stock option expense

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2006

$

1,453

 

$

16,525

 

 

$

116,516

 

 

$

(3,178

)

 

$

(1,129

)

 

$

130,187

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54

 


 

 

 

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

18,721

 

 

 

$

17,958

 

 

 

$

14,545

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

1,650

 

 

 

 

1,829

 

 

 

 

2,091

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,644

 

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

 

Write down of other real estate owned

 

0

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

209

 

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

 

Amortization of loan servicing rights

 

454

 

 

 

 

572

 

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

 

Net change in loan servicing rights valuation allowance

 

(67

)

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

 

Loans originated for sale

 

(38,614

)

 

 

 

(43,909

)

 

 

 

(59,341

)

 

 

 

Net gain on sales of loans

 

(581

)

 

 

 

(934

)

 

 

 

(987

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of loans

 

37,683

 

 

 

 

46,431

 

 

 

 

60,243

 

 

 

 

Net gain on sale of credit card portfolio

 

0

 

 

 

 

(863

)

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Net (gain) loss on sale of premises and equipment

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(79

)

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

 

Net loss on sales of securities available for sale

 

68

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Net securities amortization

 

1,743

 

 

 

 

2,612

 

 

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

188

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

Earnings on life insurance

 

(755

)

 

 

 

(656

)

 

 

 

(632

)

 

 

 

Net change:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued income receivable

 

(1,304

)

 

 

 

(1,651

)

 

 

 

(755

)

 

 

 

Accrued expenses payable

 

1,183

 

 

 

 

2,995

 

 

 

 

(327

)

 

 

 

Other assets

 

(2,844

)

 

 

 

(1,152

)

 

 

 

2,690

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

(171

)

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

 

Total adjustments

 

1,472

 

 

 

 

8,040

 

 

 

 

9,038

 

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activites

 

20,193

 

 

 

 

25,998

 

 

 

 

23,583

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activites:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

 

21,634

 

 

 

 

6,259

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal paydowns of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities available for sale

 

46,794

 

 

 

 

51,047

 

 

 

 

63,185

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(74,240

)

 

 

 

(68,391

)

 

 

 

(72,032

)

 

 

 

Purchase of life insurance

 

(161

)

 

 

 

(2,102

)

 

 

 

(811

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from credit card sale

 

0

 

 

 

 

4,008

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Net increase in total loans

 

(156,133

)

 

 

 

(199,116

)

 

 

 

(133,047

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales of land, premises and equipment

 

210

 

 

 

 

459

 

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

 

Purchases of land, premises and equipment

 

(2,460

)

 

 

 

(1,715

)

 

 

 

(1,241

)

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

 

(164,356

)

 

 

 

(209,551

)

 

 

 

(143,802

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in total deposits

 

209,520

 

 

 

 

150,846

 

 

 

 

189,008

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in short—term borrowings

 

(24,058

)

 

 

 

25,892

 

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

 

Payments on long—term borrowings

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(10,000

)

 

 

 

(20,001

)

 

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(5,908

)

 

 

 

(5,361

)

 

 

 

(4,806

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock option exercise

 

1,840

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

 

1,711

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(210

)

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

 

(165

)

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activites

 

181,183

 

 

 

 

162,374

 

 

 

 

166,636

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

37,020

 

 

 

 

(21,179

)

 

 

 

46,417

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

82,679

 

 

 

 

103,858

 

 

 

 

57,441

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

$

119,699

 

 

 

$

82,679

 

 

 

$

103,858

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

$

51,937

 

 

 

$

27,682

 

 

 

$

15,663

 

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

11,205

 

 

 

 

9,420

 

 

 

 

5,587

 

 

 

 

Supplemental non—cash disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans transferred to other real estate

 

71

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

55

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation:

 

The consolidated financial statements include Lakeland Financial Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lake City Bank (the “Bank”), together referred to as (the “Company”). Also included in the consolidated financial statements prior to December 27, 2006 is LCB Investments, Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lake City Bank, which is a Bermuda corporation that managed a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio. On December 27, 2006, all securities were transferred to Lake City Bank from LCB Investments, Limited. On December 18, 2006, LCB Investments II, Inc. was formed as a wholly owned subsidiary of Lake City Bank incorporated in Nevada and will manage a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio beginning in 2007. All intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company provides financial services through its subsidiary, Lake City Bank, a full-service commercial bank with 43 branch offices in twelve counties in northern Indiana. The Company also operates a loan production office in Indianapolis, which is staffed by a commercial loan officer and was opened in 2006. The Company provides commercial, retail, trust and investment services to its customers. Commercial products include commercial loans and technology-driven solutions to meet commercial customers’ cash management needs such as internet business banking and on-line cash management services. Retail banking clients are provided a wide array of traditional retail banking services, including lending, deposit and investment services. Retail lending programs are focused on mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and traditional retail installment loans. The Company provides credit card services to retail and commercial customers through its retail card program and merchant processing activity. The Company also has an Honors Private Banking program that is positioned to serve the more financially sophisticated customer with a menu including brokerage and trust services, executive mortgage programs and access to financial planning seminars and programs. The Company’s Prospero Program is dedicated to serving the expanding financial needs of the Latino community. The Company provides trust clients with traditional personal and corporate trust services. The Company also provides retail brokerage services, including an array of financial and investment products such as annuities and life insurance. Other financial instruments, which represent potential concentrations of credit risk, include deposit accounts in other financial institutions.

 

Use of Estimates:

 

To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, the fair values of financial instruments and the fair value of loan servicing rights are particularly subject to change.

 

Cash Flows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, demand deposits in other financial institutions and short-term investments with maturities of 90 days or less. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions.

 

Securities:

 

Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income (loss). Trading securities are bought for sale in the near term and are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in income. Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity.

 

Purchase premiums or discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities or over estimated lives for mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on sales are based on the amortized cost of the security sold and recorded on the trade date. Securities are written down to fair value when a decline in fair value is deemed to be other than temporary, as more fully disclosed in Note 2.

 

The Company does not have any material derivative instruments, nor does the Company participate in any significant hedging activities.

 

56

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans Held for Sale:

 

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or market on an aggregate basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.

 

Loan sales occur on the delivery date agreed to in the commitment agreement. The gain or loss on the sale of loans is the difference between the carrying value of the loans sold and the funds received from the sale. The Company retains servicing on the majority of loans sold.

 

Loans:

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned interest, deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses.

 

Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. All mortgage and commercial loans for which collateral is insufficient to cover all principal and accrued interest are reclassified as nonaccrual loans, on or before the date when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. When a loan is classified as a nonaccrual loan, interest on the loan is no longer accrued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and interest income is subsequently recorded only to the extent cash payments are received. Accrual status is resumed when all contractually due payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured. Consumer installment loans, except those loans that are secured by real estate, are not placed on a nonaccrual status since these loans are charged-off when they have been delinquent from 90 to 180 days, and when the related collateral, if any, is not sufficient to offset the indebtedness. Advances under consumer line of credit programs, are charged-off when collection appears doubtful.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, internal loan grade classifications, economic conditions and other factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as special mention, substandard doubtful or loss on the Company’s watch list. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.

 

A loan is impaired when full payment under the original loan terms is not expected. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar nature such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, and on an individual loan basis for other loans. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance may be allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Mortgage and commercial loans, when they have been delinquent from 90 to 180 days, are reviewed to determine if a charge-off is necessary, if the related collateral, if any, is not sufficient to offset the indebtedness.

 

57

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Investments in Limited Partnerships:

 

Investments in limited partnerships represent the Company’s investments in affordable housing projects for the primary purpose of available tax benefits. The Company is a limited partner in these investments and as such, the Company is not involved in the management or operation of such investments. These investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the Company records its share of the partnership’s earnings or losses in its income statement and adjusts the carrying amount of the investments on the balance sheet. These investments are evaluated for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The investment recorded at December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $373,000 and $406,000 and is included with other assets in the balance sheet.

 

Foreclosed Assets:

 

Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the balance of repossessed assets and real estate owned was $106,000 and $25,000 and are included with other assets on the balance sheet.

 

Land, Premises and Equipment:

 

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets. Premises assets have useful lives between 7 and 40 years. Equipment assets have useful lives between 3 and 10 years.

 

Loan Servicing Rights:

 

Loan servicing rights are recognized as assets for the allocated value of retained servicing rights on loans sold. Loan servicing rights are expensed in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. Impairment is evaluated based on the fair value of the rights, using groupings of the underlying loans as to loan type, term and interest rates. Any impairment of a grouping is reported as a valuation allowance. Fair value is calculated on a loan by loan basis and is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions, specifically prepayment speeds and current interest rates.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance:

 

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company owned $20.1 million and $19.3 million of life insurance policies on certain officers to replace group term life insurance for these individuals. At December 31, 2006 and 2005 the Company also owned $500,000 and $308,000 of variable life insurance on certain officers to fund a deferred compensation plan. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:

 

Goodwill results from business acquisitions and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment and any such impairment will be recognized in the period identified.

 

Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles arising from branch acquisitions and trust deposit relationships arising from a trust acquisition. Core deposit intangibles are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which is 12 years. Trust deposit relationships are initially measured at fair value and then amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, which is 10 years.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock:

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock is carried at cost in other assets.

58

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Repurchase Agreements:

 

Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by federal deposit insurance.

 

Long-term Assets:

 

Premises and equipment, core deposit and other intangible assets and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

 

Benefit Plans:

 

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing plan for all employees meeting age and service requirements. The Company contributions are based upon the percentage of budgeted net income earned during the year. The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan which covered substantially all employees until the plan was frozen effective April 1, 2000. Funding of the plan equals or exceeds the minimum funding requirement determined by the actuary. Pension expense is the net of interest cost, return on plan assets and amortization of gains and losses not immediately recognized. Benefits are based on years of service and compensation levels. An employee deferred compensation plan is available to certain employees with returns based on investments in mutual funds. The Company maintains a directors’ deferred compensation plan. Effective January 1, 2003, the directors’ deferred compensation plan was amended to restrict the deferral to be in stock only and deferred directors’ fees are included in equity. Prior to amending the plan, deferred directors’ fees were included in other liabilities. The Company acquires shares on the open market and records such shares as treasury stock.

 

Stock Compensation:

 

Effective January 1, 2006, employee compensation expense under stock options is reported using Statement 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. Previously all awards were recorded under the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Statement 123(R) was adopted using the modified prospective method and no restatements were made to prior periods. The following table provides comparative information on the effects of stock-based compensation expense on net income and earnings per share, as if Statement 123 had been applied for all periods.

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

Net income (in thousands) as reported

$

18,721

 

$

17,958

 

$

14,545

 

 

Deduct: stock—based compensation expense determined

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under fair value based method (in thousands)

 

n/a

 

 

311

 

 

487

 

 

Pro forma net income (in thousands)

$

18,721

 

$

17,647

 

$

14,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share as reported

$

1.55

 

$

1.51

 

$

1.24

 

 

Pro forma basic earnings per common share

 

n/a

 

$

1.48

 

$

1.20

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share as reported

$

1.51

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.20

 

 

Pro forma diluted earnings per common share

 

n/a

 

$

1.44

 

$

1.16

 

 

There is no pro forma effect for the year ended December 31, 2006 since stock based compensation was recorded under Statement 123(R) in 2006. Included in net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was employee compensation expense of $188,000, and a related tax benefit of $76,000.

 

Income Taxes:

 

Annual consolidated federal and state income tax returns are filed by the Company. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Income tax expense is recorded based on the amount of taxes due on its tax return plus net deferred taxes computed based upon the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

59

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:

 

Financial instruments include credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. The fair value of standby letters of credit is recorded as a liability during the commitment period in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45.

 

Earnings Per Common Share:

 

Basic earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options. Earnings and dividends per share are restated for all stock splits and dividends through the date of issue of the financial statements. The common shares included in Treasury Stock for 2006 and 2005 reflect the acquisition of 86,785 and 77,424 shares, respectively of Lakeland Financial Corporation common stock that have been purchased under the directors’ deferred compensation plan described

above. Because these shares are held in trust for the participants, they are treated as outstanding when computing the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

Comprehensive Income:

 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale during the year and changes in defined benefit pension plans, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

 

 

The components of other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain/(loss) on securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

arising during the period

$

1,188

 

 

 

$

(4,120

)

 

 

$

(66

)

 

 

 

Reclassification adjustment for losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in net income

 

68

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

Net securities gain /(loss) activity during the period

 

1,256

 

 

 

 

(4,051

)

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

(267

)

 

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

 

989

 

 

 

 

(2,565

)

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain on defined benefit pension plans

 

160

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

Tax effect

 

(65

)

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

Net of tax amount

 

95

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

$

1,084

 

 

 

$

(2,547

)

 

 

$

15

 

 

 

 

Loss Contingencies:

 

Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Restrictions on Cash:

 

The Company was required to have $6.8 million and $18.9 million of cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2006 and 2005. These balances do not earn interest.

 

60

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Dividend Restriction:

 

Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Company or by the Company to its shareholders. These restrictions pose no practical limit on the ability of the Bank or Company to pay dividends at historical levels.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

 

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 18. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Industry Segments:

 

The Company’s chief decision-makers monitor and evaluate financial performance on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Company’s financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

Adoption of New Accounting Standards:

 

During 2006 the Company adopted FASB Statement 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment which requires expensing of stock options. See “Stock Compensation” section of this Note for discussion of the effect of adopting this standard.

 

During 2006 the Company also adopted the recognition and disclosure requirements of FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 (SFAS No. 158), Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). SFAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position at year end 2006. The Statement also requires recognition in other comprehensive income of certain gains and losses that arise beginning in 2007, and modifies the timing of measurement. Adoption of the recognition and disclosure requirements of this statement for 2006 is summarized in Note 12. The Company plans to adopt the measurement elements of the statement for fiscal year end 2007. The Company does not expect the adoption of the measurement elements of this statement to have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

Adoption of the recognition and disclosure requirements of this statement in 2006 are summarized below and in Note 12.

 

 

 

Before

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Application of

 

 

 

 

 

Statement 158

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

Statement 158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Assets

$

19,200

 

 

 

$

(195

)

 

 

$

19,005

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

1,836,901

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

 

1,836,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued Expenses Payable

 

11,706

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

11,959

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

1,706,266

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

1,706,519

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(2,730

)

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

 

(3,178

)

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

130,635

 

 

 

 

(448

)

 

 

 

130,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

1,836,901

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

 

1,836,706

 

 

 

 

FASB Staff Position (FSP) 115-1 The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments addresses the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. This FSP also includes accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

61

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB No. 108), Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statement addresses how the effects of prior-year uncorrected misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current-year financial statements. SAB No. 108 requires registrants to quantify errors using both the balance sheet and income statement approaches and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying a misstatement as material in light of relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. When the effect of initial adoption is determined to be material, the SAB allows registrants to record that effect as a cumulative effect adjustment of beginning-of-year retained earnings. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have an effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards:

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.155 (SFAS No. 155), Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation; clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement No. 133; establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are free-standing derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and amends Statement No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying SPE from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156 (SFAS No. 156), Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets - an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. SFAS No. 156 requires the recognition of a servicing asset or servicing liability when entering into a servicing contract to service a financial asset and requires all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities to be initially measured at fair value. Further SFAS No. 156 permits a choice of subsequent measurement methods for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities between the current amortization method and the fair value measurement method. At initial adoption, SFAS No. 156 permits a one time reclassification of available for sale securities to trading securities by entities with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available for sale securities under Statement 115, provided the

securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the exposure to changes in fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that are subsequently measured at fair value. Finally, SFAS No. 156 requires separate presentation of servicing assets and servicing liabilities subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position and additional disclosures for all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The Company plans to adopt this standard as of January 1, 2007 and plans to elect the amortization method for subsequent measurement of its servicing assets. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 (SFAS No. 157), Fair Value Measurements is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and should be determined based on assumptions that a market participant would use when pricing an asset or liability. This Statement clarifies that market participant assumptions should include assumptions about risk as well as the effect of a restriction on the sale or use of an asset. Additionally, this Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy that provides the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. FIN 48 requires that realization of an uncertain income tax position be “more likely than not” before it can be recognized in the financial statements. Further, FIN 48 prescribes the benefit to be recorded in the financial statements as the largest amount more likely than not to be realized assuming a review by tax authorities having all relevant information and applying current conventions. FIN 48 also clarifies the financial statement classification of tax-related penalties and interest and sets forth new disclosures regarding unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

62

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 06-05, Accounting for Purchase of Life Insurance – Determining the Amount that Could be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. EITF Issue No. 06-05 requires a policyholder to consider any additional amounts included in the contractual terms of the policy in determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract; to determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract assuming the surrender of an individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in a group policy); not to discount the cash surrender value component of the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract when contractual restrictions on the ability to surrender a policy exist, as long as the holder of the policy continues to participate in the changes in the cash surrender value as it had done prior to the surrender request; and if a group of individual-life policies or a group policy only allows for the surrender of all of the individual-life policies or certificates as a group, then the policyholder should determine the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract on a group basis. The Company plans to adopt this EITF beginning January 1, 2007. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue 06-04, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with earlier adoption permitted. EITF Issue 06-04 requires that for an endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a

liability for future benefits in accordance with Statement 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exists) or Opinion 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred compensation contract) based on the substantive agreement with the employee and all available evidence should be considered in determining the substance of the arrangement, such as the explicit written terms of the arrangement, communications made by the employer to the employee, and the determination of whether the employer or the insurer is the primary obligor for the postretirement benefit. The Company does not have any postretirement benefit on endorsement split-dollar life insurance and therefore does not anticipate the adoption of this standard will have any material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

No other new accounting standards have been issued that are not yet effective that are expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Reclassifications:

 

Certain amounts appearing in the financial statements and notes thereto for prior periods have been reclassified to conform with the current presentation. The reclassifications had no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

 

63

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

 

Information related to the fair value of securities available for sale and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31 is provided in the tables below.

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Gain

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

965

 

$

0

 

$

(37

)

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

30,525

 

 

0

 

 

(724

)

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

210,000

 

 

652

 

 

(3,704

)

 

State and municipal securities

 

54,701

 

 

1,116

 

 

(240

)

 

Total

$

296,191

 

$

1,768

 

$

(4,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

966

 

$

0

 

$

(36

)

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

30,484

 

 

0

 

 

(802

)

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

206,596

 

 

253

 

 

(4,696

)

 

State and municipal securities

 

52,889

 

 

1,435

 

 

(347

)

 

Total

$

290,935

 

$

1,688

 

$

(5,881

)

 

Information regarding the fair value of available for sale debt securities by maturity as of December 31, 2006 is presented below. Maturity information is based on contractual maturity for all securities other than mortgage-backed securities. Actual maturities of securities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay the obligation without prepayment penalty.

 

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Due in one year or less

$

3,024

 

 

Due after one year through five years

 

30,684

 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

19,239

 

 

Due after ten years

 

33,244

 

 

 

 

86,191

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

210,000

 

 

Total debt securities

$

296,191

 

 

 

Security proceeds, gross gains and gross losses for 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Sales of securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds

$

21,634

 

$

6,259

 

$

0

 

 

Gross gains

 

78

 

 

2

 

 

0

 

 

Gross losses

 

146

 

 

71

 

 

0

 

 

Securities with carrying values of $188.4 million and $191.6 million were pledged as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, as collateral for deposits of public funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the FHLB and for other purposes as permitted or required by law. At year-end 2006 and 2005, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government, government agencies and government sponsored agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

 

64

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 2 – SECURITIES (continued)

 

Information regarding securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 is presented below. The tables distribute the securities between those with unrealized losses for less than twelve months and those with unrealized losses for twelve months or more.

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

12 months or more

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

Fair

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

Value

 

Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

$

965

 

$

37

 

 

$

965

 

$

37

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

983

 

 

19

 

 

 

29,542

 

 

705

 

 

 

30,525

 

 

724

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

14,807

 

 

101

 

 

 

140,245

 

 

3,603

 

 

 

155,052

 

 

3,704

 

 

State and municipal securities

 

5,091

 

 

43

 

 

 

7,739

 

 

197

 

 

 

12,830

 

 

240

 

 

Total temporarily impaired

$

20,881

 

$

163

 

 

$

178,491

 

$

4,542

 

 

$

199,372

 

$

4,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

$

966

 

$

36

 

 

$

966

 

$

36

 

 

U.S. Government agencies

 

8,210

 

 

124

 

 

 

22,273

 

 

678

 

 

 

30,483

 

 

802

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities

 

63,523

 

 

813

 

 

 

116,245

 

 

3,883

 

 

 

179,768

 

 

4,696

 

 

State and municipal securities

 

11,273

 

 

240

 

 

 

2,534

 

 

107

 

 

 

13,807

 

 

347

 

 

Total temporarily impaired

$

83,006

 

$

1,177

 

 

$

142,018

 

$

4,704

 

 

$

225,024

 

$

5,881

 

 

All of the following are considered to determine whether or not the impairment of these securities is other-than-temporary. All of the securities are backed by the U.S. Government, government agencies, government sponsored agencies or are A rated or better, except for certain non-local municipal securities. None of the securities have call provisions (with the exception of the municipal securities) and payments as originally agreed are being received. There are no concerns of credit losses and there is nothing to indicate that full principal will not be received. Management considers the unrealized losses to be market driven and no loss is expected to be realized unless the securities are sold. The Company does not have a history of actively trading securities, but keeps the securities available for sale should liquidity or other needs develop that would warrant the sale of securities. While these securities are held in the available for sale portfolio, the current intent and ability is to hold them until a recovery in fair value or maturity.

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS

 

 

Total loans outstanding as of year-end consisted of the following:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

$

946,767

 

$

850,984

 

 

 

Agri—business and agricultural loans

 

139,644

 

 

113,574

 

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans

 

100,540

 

 

66,833

 

 

 

Real estate construction loans

 

8,636

 

 

7,987

 

 

 

Installment loans and credit cards

 

158,310

 

 

159,390

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

1,353,897

 

 

1,198,768

 

 

 

Less: Allowance for loan losses

 

(14,463

)

 

(12,774

)

 

 

Net deferred loan fees

 

(60

)

 

(38

)

 

 

Loans, net

$

1,339,374

 

$

1,185,956

 

 

 

 

65

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

The following is an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for 2006, 2005 and 2004:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1,

$

12,774

 

 

$

10,754

 

 

$

10,234

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,644

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

Loans charged—off

 

(1,072

)

 

 

(601

)

 

 

(994

)

 

Recoveries

 

117

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

291

 

 

Net loans charged—off

 

(955

)

 

 

(460

)

 

 

(703

)

 

Balance December 31

$

14,463

 

 

$

12,774

 

 

$

10,754

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

$

13,820

 

 

$

7,321

 

 

$

7,212

 

 

Interest not recorded on nonaccrual loans

 

776

 

 

 

460

 

 

 

203

 

 

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing

 

299

 

 

 

174

 

 

 

2,778

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 there were no loans renegotiated as troubled debt restructurings.

 

 

Impaired loans were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Year—end loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

Year—end loans with allocated allowance for loan losses

 

13,333

 

 

6,948

 

 

 

$

13,333

 

$

6,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated

$

3,448

 

$

2,945

 

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Average of impaired loans during the year

$

8,915

 

$

7,853

 

$

5,606

 

 

Interest income recognized during impairment

 

0

 

 

69

 

 

183

 

 

Cash—basis interest income recognized

 

0

 

 

70

 

 

183

 

 

The Company is not committed to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring. For December 31, 2006 and 2005 the total for impaired loans were also included in the total for nonaccrual loans. Total impaired loans increased by $6.4 million to $13.3 million at December 31, 2006 from $6.9 million at December 31, 2005. The increase in impaired and nonperforming loans resulted from the addition of a single borrowing relationship with aggregate loans totaling $7.6 million. The borrower is engaged in commercial and residential real estate development in northern Indiana. Borrower collateral, including real estate, and personal guarantees of its principals support this credit, although there can be no assurances that full repayment of the loans will result. The majority of the remaining balance of nonperforming and impaired loans is a single commercial credit of $5.0 million and $5.7 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The borrower filed chapter 11 bankruptcy late in the third quarter of 2004 and the plan for reorganization was approved late in the third quarter of 2005. Borrower collateral and the personal guarantees of its principals support this credit.

 

66

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 5 - SECONDARY MORTGAGE MARKET ACTIVITIES

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of these loans were $244.7 million and $248.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The fair value of loan servicing rights was approximately $1.6 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Net loan servicing income/(loss) excluding adjustments to the valuation allowance was $165,000, $41,000 and $25,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004. Information on loan servicing rights, which are included in other assets, follows:

 

 

Loan servicing rights:

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

$

1,923

 

 

$

2,052

 

 

$

2,100

 

 

Originations

 

297

 

 

 

443

 

 

 

525

 

 

Amortization

 

(454

)

 

 

(572

)

 

 

(573

)

 

End of year

$

1,766

 

 

$

1,923

 

 

$

2,052

 

 

 

Valuation allowance:

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

$

185

 

 

$

344

 

 

$

498

 

 

Additions expensed

 

9

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

173

 

 

Reductions credited to expense

 

(76

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

(327

)

 

End of year

$

118

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

344

 

 

NOTE 6 - LAND, PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

Land, premises and equipment and related accumulated depreciation were as follows at December 31:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Land

$

8,308

 

$

8,388

 

 

Premises

 

23,109

 

 

21,667

 

 

Equipment

 

14,138

 

 

15,166

 

 

Total cost

 

45,555

 

 

45,221

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

20,378

 

 

20,658

 

 

Land, premises and equipment, net

$

25,177

 

$

24,563

 

 

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Goodwill

 

 

There have been no changes in the $5.0 million carrying amount of goodwill since 2002.

 

Acquired Intangible Assets

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006

 

 

As of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

 

Amortized intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit

$

2,032

 

$

1,586

 

 

$

2,032

 

$

1,437

 

 

Trust deposit relationships

 

572

 

 

193

 

 

 

572

 

 

133

 

 

Total

$

2,604

 

$

1,779

 

 

$

2,604

 

$

1,570

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense was $209,000, $211,000 and $215,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

67

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years:

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

2007

$

206

 

 

2008

 

206

 

 

2009

 

206

 

 

2010

 

54

 

 

2011

 

54

 

 

NOTE 8 – DEPOSITS

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits, each with a minimum denomination of $100,000, was approximately $411.7 million and $318.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

At December 31, 2006, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Maturing in 2007

$

550,944

 

 

Maturing in 2008

 

107,530

 

 

Maturing in 2009

 

15,908

 

 

Maturing in 2010

 

6,534

 

 

Maturing in 2011

 

2,926

 

 

Thereafter

 

404

 

 

Total time deposits

$

684,246

 

 

 

NOTE 9 - SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repo accounts”) represent collateralized borrowings with customers located primarily within the Company’s service area. Repo accounts are not covered by federal deposit insurance and are secured by securities owned. Information on these liabilities and the related collateral for 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily balance during the year

$

92,870

 

 

$

85,666

 

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

3.20

%

 

 

1.67

%

 

Maximum month—end balance during the year

$

106,670

 

 

$

92,589

 

 

Securities underlying the agreements at year—end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

$

123,072

 

 

$

111,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase

 

Average

 

 

Collateral at

 

 

Term

Liability

 

Interest Rate

 

 

Fair Values

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Mortgage—backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On demand

$

106,262

 

3.58

%

 

$

121,889

 

 

Over 90 days

 

408

 

5.35

%

 

 

1,183

 

 

Total

$

106,670

 

3.59

%

 

$

123,072

 

 

 

68

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 9 - SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE (continued)

 

The Company retains the right to substitute similar type securities, and has the right to withdraw all collateral applicable to repo accounts whenever the collateral values are in excess of the related repurchase liabilities. At December 31, 2006, there were no material amounts of securities at risk with any one customer. The Company maintains control of these securities through the use of third-party safekeeping arrangements.

 

NOTE 10 – BORROWINGS

 

 

Long-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Notes, 6.15%, Due January 15, 2018

$

45

 

$

46

 

 

Total

$

45

 

$

46

 

 

 

There are no long-term borrowings maturing during the next five years.

 

 

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Notes, 4.18%, Due March 28, 2006

$

0

 

$

75,000

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis Notes, 5.31%, Due February 26, 2007

 

80,000

 

 

0

 

 

Total

$

80,000

 

$

75,000

 

 

All notes have a fixed rate and require monthly interest payments. All notes were secured by residential real estate loans and securities with a carrying value of $203.5 million at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2006, the Company owned $4.2 million of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, which also secures debts to the FHLB. The Company is authorized to borrow up to $100 million at the FHLB.

 

NOTE 11 – SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

Lakeland Statutory Trust II, a trust formed by the Company, issued $30.0 million of floating rate trust preferred securities on October 1, 2003 as part of a privately placed offering of such securities. The Company issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust. Subject to the Company having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve if then required, the Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, but in all cases in a principal amount with integral multiples of $1,000, on any interest payment date on or after October 1, 2008 at 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The subordinated debentures must be redeemed no later than 2033. These securities are considered as Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines. The floating rate of the trust preferred securities and subordinated debentures was 8.410%, 7.580% and 5.610% at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The holding company’s investment in the common stock of the trust was $928,000 and is included in other assets.

 

69

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

In April, 2000, the Lakeland Financial Corporation Pension Plan was frozen. The Company also maintains a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) for select officers that was established as a funded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Only one current officer of the Company is a participant in the SERP plan and there are 7 total participants.

 

 

Information as to the Company’s plans at December 31 is as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning benefit obligation

$

2,693

 

 

$

2,663

 

 

$

1,429

 

 

$

1,419

 

 

Interest cost

 

144

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

79

 

 

Actuarial (gain)/loss

 

(21

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

39

 

 

Change in discount rate

 

(93

)

 

 

97

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

26

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(209

)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(134

)

 

Ending benefit obligation

 

2,514

 

 

 

2,693

 

 

 

1,362

 

 

 

1,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets (primarily equity and fixed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

income investments and money market funds),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning plan assets

 

2,050

 

 

 

1,563

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

1,084

 

 

Actual return

 

168

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

104

 

 

Employer contribution

 

173

 

 

 

468

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

106

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(209

)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(134

)

 

Ending plan assets

 

2,182

 

 

 

2,050

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

1,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized net loss

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

819

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

$

(332

)

 

$

(643

)

 

$

(170

)

 

$

550

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets

$

0

 

 

$

1,147

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

550

 

 

Minimum pension liability

 

0

 

 

 

(1,790

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

Funded status included in other liabilities

 

(332

)

 

 

0

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

0

 

 

Net amount recognized

$

(332

)

 

$

(643

)

 

$

(170

)

 

$

550

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Net loss

$

1,630

 

$

1,790

 

 

 

$

753

 

$

0

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $2.5 million and $2.7 million for December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP plan was $1.4 million for both December 31, 2006 and 2005.

70

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

 

Net pension expense includes the following:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

Net pension expense

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Service cost

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

0

 

 

Interest cost

 

144

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

83

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(167

)

 

 

(145

)

 

 

(125

)

 

 

(93

)

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(100

)

 

Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss

 

44

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

36

 

 

Net pension expense

$

21

 

 

$

42

 

 

$

62

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

19

 

 

The estimated net loss (gain) for the defined benefit pension plan and SERP plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $59,000 and $55,000, respectively.

 

 

Additional Information

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Decrease in minimum liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in other comprehensive income

$

(160

)

$

(30

)

$

(56

)

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following assumptions were used in calculating the net benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.75

%

 

5.50

%

 

5.75

%

 

 

5.75

%

 

5.50

%

 

5.75

%

 

Rate of increase in future compensation

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following assumptions were used in calculating the net pension expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

5.50

%

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

 

 

5.50

%

 

5.75

%

 

6.00

%

 

Rate of increase in future compensation

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

Expected long—term rate of return

 

8.25

%

 

8.25

%

 

8.25

%

 

 

8.25

%

 

8.25

%

 

8.25

%

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is developed in consultation with the plan actuary. It is primarily based upon industry trends and consensus rates of return which are then adjusted to reflect the specific asset allocations and historical rates of return of the Company’s plan assets.

 

The asset allocations at the measurement dates of September 30, 2006 and 2005, by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Plan Assets

 

 

 

SERP Plan Assets

 

 

 

 

at September 30,

 

 

 

at September 30,

 

 

 

Asset Category

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

Equity securities

59

%

 

66

%

 

 

67

%

 

66

%

 

 

Debt Securities

28

%

 

32

%

 

 

27

%

 

31

%

 

 

Other

13

%

 

2

%

 

 

6

%

 

3

%

 

 

Total

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

100

%

 

 

The Company’s investment strategies are to invest in a prudent manner for the purpose of providing benefits to participants. The investment strategies are targeted to maximize the total return of the portfolio net of inflation, spending and expenses. Risk is controlled through diversification of asset types and investments in domestic and international equities and fixed income securities. Certain asset types and investment strategies are

prohibited including: commodities, options, futures, short sales, margin transactions and non-marketable securities. The target allocation is 60% equities and 40% debt securities although acceptable ranges are: 55-65% equities and 35-45% debt securities.

 

71

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)

 

Contributions

 

 

The Company expects to contribute $35,000 to its pension plan and $59,000 to its SERP plan in 2007.

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

 

 

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:

 

 

 

Pension

 

SERP

 

Plan Year

 

Benefits

 

Benefits

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2007

 

$

112

 

$

136

 

2008

 

 

114

 

 

134

 

2009

 

 

123

 

 

132

 

2010

 

 

134

 

 

129

 

2011

 

 

134

 

 

126

 

2012-2016

 

 

793

 

 

573

 

 

Other Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing plan for all employees meeting age and service requirements. The Company contributions are based upon the percentage of budgeted net income earned during the year. The expense recognized was $836,000, $844,000 and $731,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted the Lake City Bank Deferred Compensation Plan. The purpose of the deferred compensation plan is to extend full 401(k) type retirement benefits to certain individuals without regard to statutory limitations under tax qualified plans. The expense recognized was $49,000, $38,000 and $10,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004. The plan is funded solely by participant contributions and does not receive a company match.

 

Under employment agreements with certain executives, certain events leading to separation from the Company could result in cash payments totaling $2.3 million as of December 31, 2006. On December 31, 2006, no amounts were accrued on these contingent obligations.

 

NOTE 13 - OTHER EXPENSE

 

 

Other expense for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Corporate and business development

$

1,458

 

$

1,235

 

$

1,036

 

 

Advertising

 

603

 

 

671

 

 

694

 

 

Office supplies

 

562

 

 

644

 

 

594

 

 

Telephone and postage

 

1,151

 

 

1,139

 

 

1,126

 

 

Regulatory fees and FDIC insurance

 

302

 

 

275

 

 

261

 

 

Professional fees

 

1,453

 

 

1,386

 

 

1,337

 

 

Amortization of other intangible assets

 

209

 

 

211

 

 

215

 

 

Courier and delivery

 

395

 

 

590

 

 

578

 

 

Miscellaneous

 

2,808

 

 

2,724

 

 

2,601

 

 

Total other expense

$

8,941

 

$

8,875

 

$

8,442

 

 

 

72

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES

 

 

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Current federal

$

8,986

 

 

$

8,487

 

 

$

5,446

 

 

Deferred federal

 

(852

)

 

 

(546

)

 

 

720

 

 

Current state

 

1,593

 

 

 

1,805

 

 

 

1,013

 

 

Deferred state

 

(213

)

 

 

(267

)

 

 

123

 

 

Total income tax expense

$

9,514

 

 

$

9,479

 

 

$

7,302

 

 

Income tax expense included ($25,000), ($28,000) and $0 applicable to security transactions for 2006, 2005 and 2004. The differences between financial statement tax expense and amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for 2006, 2005 and 2004 to income before income taxes were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Income taxes at statutory federal rate

$

9,882

 

 

$

9,603

 

 

$

7,647

 

 

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax exempt income

 

(918

)

 

 

(875

)

 

 

(914

)

 

Nondeductible expense

 

343

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

186

 

 

State income tax, net of federal tax effect

 

897

 

 

 

999

 

 

 

738

 

 

Net operating loss

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

 

Tax credits

 

(82

)

 

 

(83

)

 

 

(104

)

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

(317

)

 

 

(280

)

 

 

(221

)

 

Other

 

(261

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

0

 

 

Total income tax expense

$

9,514

 

 

$

9,479

 

 

$

7,302

 

 

 

73

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 14 - INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

The net deferred tax asset recorded in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

Federal

 

State

 

 

Federal

 

State

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debts

$

5,062

 

$

1,135

 

 

$

4,471

 

$

1,027

 

 

Pension and deferred compensation liability

 

293

 

 

66

 

 

 

171

 

 

39

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

119

 

 

0

 

 

 

149

 

 

0

 

 

Deferred loan fees

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

Nonaccrual loan interest

 

468

 

 

105

 

 

 

206

 

 

47

 

 

Other

 

130

 

 

10

 

 

 

59

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

6,072

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

5,056

 

 

1,113

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accretion

 

100

 

 

15

 

 

 

66

 

 

11

 

 

Depreciation

 

890

 

 

97

 

 

 

913

 

 

116

 

 

Loan servicing rights

 

577

 

 

129

 

 

 

608

 

 

140

 

 

State taxes

 

299

 

 

0

 

 

 

225

 

 

0

 

 

Leases

 

42

 

 

9

 

 

 

90

 

 

21

 

 

Deferred loan fees

 

40

 

 

9

 

 

 

20

 

 

5

 

 

Intangible assets

 

618

 

 

139

 

 

 

472

 

 

108

 

 

FHLB stock dividends

 

118

 

 

26

 

 

 

148

 

 

34

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

165

 

 

37

 

 

 

143

 

 

32

 

 

Other

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

2,849

 

 

461

 

 

 

2,685

 

 

471

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

$

3,223

 

$

855

 

 

$

2,371

 

$

642

 

 

In addition to the net deferred tax assets included above, the deferred income tax asset allocated to the unrealized net loss on securities available for sale included in equity was $1.2 million and $1.4 million for 2006 and 2005. The deferred income tax asset allocated to the pension liability included in equity was $966,000 and $725,000 for 2006 and 2005.

 

74

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 15 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Loans to principal officers, directors, and their affiliates as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Beginning balance

$

54,488

 

 

$

47,278

 

 

New loans and advances

 

108,067

 

 

 

98,928

 

 

Effect of changes in related parties

 

6,873

 

 

 

(38

)

 

Repayments

 

(119,002

)

 

 

(91,680

)

 

Ending balance

$

50,426

 

 

$

54,488

 

 

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2006 and 2005 were $1.7 million and $1.8 million. In addition, the amount owed directors for fees under the deferred directors’ plan as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $1.2 million and $998,000. The related expense for the deferred directors’ plan as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $266,000, $212,000 and $184,000.

 

Thomas A. Hiatt was appointed to the Board of Directors by the incumbent directors, with such appointment effective January 9, 2007. Mr. Hiatt is the Managing Director and Co-founder of Centerfield Capital Partners, headquartered in Indianapolis, Indiana (“Centerfield Capital”). The Bank currently has approximately $228,000 invested in investment funds managed by Centerfield Capital and have committed to fund an additional $772,000, or less than 2.0% of the funds managed by Centerfield Capital. The board was notified of this relationship prior to Mr. Hiatt’s appointment and, in conjunction with his appointment, the board determined that the relationship would not affect Mr. Hiatt’s independence as a director. Therefore, Mr. Hiatt is serving as an independent director, pursuant to the Nasdaq listing requirements.

 

NOTE 16 - STOCK OPTIONS

 

Effective December 9, 1997, the Company adopted the Lakeland Financial Corporation 1997 Share Incentive Plan, which is shareholder approved. At its inception there were 1,200,000 shares of common stock reserved for grants of stock options to employees of Lakeland Financial Corporation, its subsidiaries and Board of Directors. As of December 31, 2006, 107,930 were available for future grants. The stock option plan requires that the exercise price for options be the market price on the date the options are granted. The maximum option term is ten years and the options vest over 5 years. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control or retirement (as defined in the Plan). The Company has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy option exercises.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated with the Black Scholes option pricing model, using the following weighted-average assumptions as of the grant date for options granted during the years presented. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock over the immediately preceding 5 year period, or vesting period of the grant, as well as other factors known on the grant date that would have a significant effect on the stock price during the vesting period. Prior to 2006, the expected option life for all awards was the vesting period of the option. For grants in 2006, the expected option life used was primarily the average of the vesting period of the option and the years to expiration of the option. The turnover rate is based on historical data on the employee base as a whole and the Board of Directors as a group. The Company is monitoring both the expected option life and turnover rate to update assumptions in these areas going forward. The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury rate on the date of grant corresponding to the vesting period of the option.

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

Risk—free interest rate

4.56%

 

5.08%

 

5.26%

 

 

Expected option life

6.11years

 

5.00year

 

5.00 years

 

 

Expected price volatility

31.51%

 

67.52%

 

70.32%

 

 

Dividend yield

2.22%

 

2.99%

 

3.02%

 

 

 

75

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 16 - STOCK OPTIONS (continued)

 

A summary of the activity in the stock option plan as of December 31, 2006 and changes during the period then ended follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Price

 

Term

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of the year

739,230

 

 

$

10.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

18,000

 

 

 

21.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

(145,700

)

 

 

7.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

(9,300

)

 

 

13.29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of the year

602,230

 

 

$

10.83

 

4.4

 

$

9,118,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercisable at end of the year

437,550

 

 

$

8.08

 

3.2

 

$

7,830,000

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the periods ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $6.59 and $5.76 and no options were granted during the period ended December 31, 2004. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $2.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

 

There were no modifications of awards during the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

Cash received from option exercise for the periods ending December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercise totaled $692,000, $485,000 and $359,000, respectively for the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

As of December 31, 2006, there was $475,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.92 years.

 

76

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 17 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS

 

The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weighting and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, that the Company and Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of December 31, 2006, the most recent notification from the federal regulators categorized the Company and Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s or Bank’s category.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Required to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Required

 

 

Be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

 

Under Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

 

Action Regulations

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

As of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

170,435

 

11.76

%

 

$

115,981

 

8.00

%

 

$

144,976

 

10.00

%

 

Bank

$

169,101

 

11.67

%

 

$

115,905

 

8.00

%

 

$

144,881

 

10.00

%

 

Tier I Capital (to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

155,972

 

10.76

%

 

$

57,991

 

4.00

%

 

$

86,986

 

6.00

%

 

Bank

$

154,638

 

10.67

%

 

$

57,952

 

4.00

%

 

$

86,929

 

6.00

%

 

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

155,972

 

8.87

%

 

$

70,339

 

4.00

%

 

$

87,923

 

5.00

%

 

Bank

$

154,638

 

8.80

%

 

$

70,314

 

4.00

%

 

$

87,893

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

152,669

 

11.80

%

 

$

103,530

 

8.00

%

 

$

129,412

 

10.00

%

 

Bank

$

152,373

 

11.78

%

 

$

103,511

 

8.00

%

 

$

129,388

 

10.00

%

 

Tier I Capital (to Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

139,895

 

10.81

%

 

$

51,765

 

4.00

%

 

$

77,647

 

6.00

%

 

Bank

$

139,599

 

10.79

%

 

$

51,755

 

4.00

%

 

$

77,633

 

6.00

%

 

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

$

139,895

 

8.86

%

 

$

63,166

 

4.00

%

 

$

78,957

 

5.00

%

 

Bank

$

139,599

 

8.83

%

 

$

63,261

 

4.00

%

 

$

79,076

 

5.00

%

 

77

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 17 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RETAINED EARNINGS (continued)

 

The Bank is required to obtain the approval of the Department of Financial Institutions for the payment of any dividend if the total amount of all dividends declared by the Bank during the calendar year, including the proposed dividend, would exceed the sum of the retained net income for the year to date combined with its retained net income for the previous two years. Indiana law defines “retained net income” to mean the net income of a specified period, calculated under the consolidated report of income instructions, less the total amount of all dividends declared for the specified period. As of December 31, 2006, approximately $31.2 million was available to be paid as dividends to the Company by the Bank.

 

The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the FDIC may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the FDIC determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

NOTE 18 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The following table contains the estimated fair values and the related carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Items which are not financial instruments are not included.

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

119,699

 

 

$

119,699

 

 

$

82,679

 

 

$

82,679

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

296,191

 

 

 

296,191

 

 

 

290,935

 

 

 

290,935

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans held for sale

 

2,175

 

 

 

2,203

 

 

 

960

 

 

 

973

 

 

Loans, net

 

1,339,374

 

 

 

1,335,210

 

 

 

1,185,956

 

 

 

1,178,762

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

4,193

 

 

 

4,193

 

 

 

5,054

 

 

 

5,054

 

 

Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

1,738

 

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,706

 

 

 

8,706

 

 

 

7,402

 

 

 

7,402

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

(684,246

)

 

 

(683,375

)

 

 

(560,070

)

 

 

(558,027

)

 

All other deposits

 

(791,519

)

 

 

(791,519

)

 

 

(706,175

)

 

 

(706,175

)

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(106,670

)

 

 

(106,670

)

 

 

(91,071

)

 

 

(91,071

)

 

Other short—term borrowings

 

(80,814

)

 

 

(80,814

)

 

 

(120,471

)

 

 

(120,471

)

 

Long—term borrowings

 

(45

)

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(38

)

 

Subordinated debentures

 

(30,928

)

 

 

(32,197

)

 

 

(30,928

)

 

 

(29,857

)

 

Standby letters of credit

 

(112

)

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(108

)

 

 

(108

)

 

Accrued interest payable

 

(7,502

)

 

 

(7,502

)

 

 

(6,215

)

 

 

(6,215

)

 

For purposes of the above disclosures of estimated fair value, the following assumptions were used as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. The estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock is considered to approximate cost. Security fair values are based on market prices or dealer quotes, and if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security and information about the issuer. Real estate mortgages held for sale are based upon the actual contracted price for those loans sold but not yet delivered, or the current Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation price for normal delivery of mortgages with similar coupons and maturities at year-end. The estimated fair value of loans is based on estimates of the rate the Company would charge for similar loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005, applied for the time period until estimated repayment. The estimated fair value for demand and savings deposits is based on their carrying value. The estimated fair value for certificates of deposit and borrowings is based on estimates of the rate the Company would pay on such deposits or borrowings at December 31, 2006 and 2005, applied for the time period until maturity. The estimated fair value of variable rate short-term borrowed funds is considered to approximate carrying value. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements. The estimated fair value of other financial instruments approximate cost and are not considered significant to this presentation.

 

78

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 18 – FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

While these estimates of fair value are based on management’s judgment of the most appropriate factors, there is no assurance that, were the Company to have disposed of such items at December 31, 2006 and 2005, the estimated fair values would necessarily have been achieved at that date, since market values may differ depending on various circumstances. The estimated fair values at December 31, 2006 and 2005 should not necessarily be considered to apply at subsequent dates.

 

NOTE 19 - COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

During the normal course of business, the Company becomes a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to make loans and open-ended revolving lines of credit. Amounts as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

Fixed

 

Variable

 

 

Fixed

 

Variable

 

 

 

Rate

 

Rate

 

 

Rate

 

Rate

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Commercial loan lines of credit

$

73,563

 

$

359,830

 

 

$

45,636

 

$

342,861

 

 

Commercial loan letters of credit

 

35

 

 

12,816

 

 

 

56

 

 

13,838

 

 

Real estate mortgage loans

 

2,160

 

 

2,266

 

 

 

3,930

 

 

2,050

 

 

Real estate construction mortgage loans

 

1,622

 

 

1,476

 

 

 

4,398

 

 

1,315

 

 

Home equity mortgage open—ended revolving lines

 

0

 

 

93,484

 

 

 

0

 

 

84,238

 

 

Consumer loan open—ended revolving lines

 

0

 

 

4,070

 

 

 

0

 

 

4,159

 

 

Total

$

77,380

 

$

473,942

 

 

$

54,020

 

$

448,461

 

 

The index on variable rate commercial loan commitments is principally the Company’s base rate, which is the national prime rate. Interest rate ranges on commitments and open-ended revolving lines of credit for December 31, 2006 and 2005, were as follows:

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

 

Fixed

 

Variable

 

 

Fixed

 

Variable

 

 

 

Rate

 

Rate

 

 

Rate

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loan

2.98-11.00

%

3.00-12.75

%

 

2.75-10.99

%

3.00-12.25

%

 

Real estate mortgage loan

5.75-7.125

%

5.50-7.50

%

 

5.13-6.75

%

5.25-6.88

%

 

Consumer loan open—ended revolving line

0.00

%

7.50-15.00

%

 

0.00

%

3.75-15.00

%

 

Commitments, excluding open-ended revolving lines, generally have fixed expiration dates of one year or less. Open-ended revolving lines are monitored for proper performance and compliance on a monthly basis. Since many commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company follows the same credit policy (including requiring collateral, if deemed appropriate) to make such commitments as is followed for those loans that are recorded in its financial statements.

 

The Company’s exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance is represented by the contractual amount of the commitments. Management does not expect any significant losses as a result of these commitments.

 

79

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 20 - PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS

 

The Company operates primarily in the banking industry, which accounts for substantially all of its revenues, operating income, and assets. Presented below are parent only financial statements:

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits with Lake City Bank

$

529

 

$

1,551

 

 

Investments in banking subsidiary

 

158,852

 

 

143,038

 

 

Investments in Lakeland Statutory Trust II

 

928

 

 

928

 

 

Other assets

 

954

 

 

240

 

 

Total assets

$

161,263

 

$

145,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends payable and other liabilities

$

148

 

$

1,495

 

 

Subordinated debt

 

30,928

 

 

30,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

130,187

 

 

113,334

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

161,263

 

$

145,757

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Dividends from Lake City Bank, Lakeland Statutory Trust II

$

5,533

 

$

3,332

 

$

4,080

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

15,178

 

 

16,053

 

 

11,527

 

 

Interest expense on subordinated debt

 

2,573

 

 

2,009

 

 

1,437

 

 

Miscellaneous expense

 

624

 

 

338

 

 

357

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

17,514

 

 

17,038

 

 

13,813

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

1,207

 

 

920

 

 

732

 

 

NET INCOME

$

18,721

 

$

17,958

 

$

14,545

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

 

2005

 

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

18,721

 

 

$

17,958

 

 

$

14,545

 

 

Adjustments to net cash from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

(15,178

)

 

 

(16,053

)

 

 

(11,527

)

 

Other changes

 

(286

)

 

 

3,086

 

 

 

305

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

3,257

 

 

 

4,991

 

 

 

3,323

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

(4,279

)

 

 

(4,364

)

 

 

(3,260

)

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,022

)

 

 

627

 

 

 

63

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

 

1,551

 

 

 

924

 

 

 

861

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

$

529

 

 

$

1,551

 

 

$

924

 

 

80

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 21 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

Following are the factors used in the earnings per share computations:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

Basic earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

18,721,000

 

$

17,958,000

 

$

14,545,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted—average common shares outstanding

 

12,069,300

 

 

11,927,756

 

 

11,735,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

$

1.55

 

$

1.51

 

$

1.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

18,721,000

 

$

17,958,000

 

$

14,545,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted—average common shares outstanding for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

basic earnings per common share

 

12,069,300

 

 

11,927,756

 

 

11,735,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Dilutive effect of assumed exercises of stock options

 

306,167

 

 

361,710

 

 

392,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares and dilutive potential common shares

 

12,375,467

 

 

12,289,466

 

 

12,128,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

$

1.51

 

$

1.46

 

$

1.20

 

 

Stock options for 5,000 and 15,000 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2006 and 2005 because they were antidilutive.

 

81

 


 

Table of Contents

NOTE 22 – SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED) (in thousands except per share data)

 

 

2006

4th

 

3rd

 

2nd

 

1st

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

Interest income

$

28,450

 

$

27,285

 

$

25,843

 

$

23,973

 

 

Interest expense

 

15,109

 

 

14,226

 

 

12,776

 

 

11,113

 

 

Net interest income

$

13,341

 

$

13,059

 

$

13,067

 

$

12,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,042

 

 

510

 

 

639

 

 

453

 

 

Net interest income after provision

$

12,299

 

$

12,549

 

$

12,428

 

$

12,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

4,451

 

 

4,679

 

 

4,736

 

 

4,398

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

10,171

 

 

9,937

 

 

9,854

 

 

9,750

 

 

Income tax expense

 

2,020

 

 

2,561

 

 

2,528

 

 

2,405

 

 

Net income

$

4,559

 

$

4,730

 

$

4,782

 

$

4,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share*

$

0.38

 

$

0.39

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.38

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share*

$

0.37

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.39

 

$

0.37

 

 

 

 

2005

4th

 

3rd

 

2nd

 

1st

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

Interest income

$

22,898

 

$

20,972

 

$

19,234

 

$

17,512

 

 

Interest expense

 

9,657

 

 

8,388

 

 

6,686

 

 

5,622

 

 

Net interest income

$

13,241

 

$

12,584

 

$

12,548

 

$

11,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

701

 

 

659

 

 

662

 

 

458

 

 

Net interest income after provision

$

12,540

 

$

11,925

 

$

11,886

 

$

11,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income

 

5,127

 

 

4,330

 

 

4,174

 

 

4,080

 

 

Noninterest expense

 

10,041

 

 

9,355

 

 

9,298

 

 

9,363

 

 

Income tax expense

 

2,649

 

 

2,378

 

 

2,358

 

 

2,094

 

 

Net income

$

4,977

 

$

4,522

 

$

4,404

 

$

4,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share*

$

0.42

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.34

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share*

$

0.41

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.33

 

 

* Per share data has been adjusted for a 2-for-1 stock split on April 28, 2006.

 

82

 


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stockholders and Board of Directors

Lakeland Financial Corporation

Warsaw, Indiana

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lakeland Financial Corporation (“Company”) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lakeland Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Lakeland Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 7, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

          

 

Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

South Bend, Indiana

February 7, 2007

 

83

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9a. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

a)             An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a -15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2006. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

b)

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued their report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report follows under the heading, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

c)             There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls during the previous fiscal quarter, ended December 31, 2006 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

84

 


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Stockholders and Board of Directors

Lakeland Financial Corporation

Warsaw, Indiana

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Lakeland Financial Corporation (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Lakeland Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Lakeland Financial Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also in our opinion, Lakeland Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Lakeland Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and our report dated February 7, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

South Bend, Indiana

February 7, 2007

 

85

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9b. OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement, dated as of March 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement, dated as of March 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHARELHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement, dated as of March 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The table below sets forth the following information as of December 31, 2006 for (i) all compensation plans previously approved by the Company’s shareholders and (ii) all compensation plans not previously approved by the Company’s shareholders:

 

 

(a)

 

the number of securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights;

 

 

(b)

 

the weighted-average exercise price of such outstanding options, warrants and rights;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

other than securities to be issued upon the exercise of such outstanding options, warrants and rights, the

 

 

 

number of securities remaining available for future issuance under the plans.

 

 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

 

 

Number of securities to be

Weighted-average

Number of securities

Plan category

issued upon exercise of

exercise price of

remaining available

 

outstanding options

outstanding options

for future issuance

Equity compensation plans

 

 

 

approved by security

 

 

 

holders(1)

602,230

$10.83

107,930

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans

 

 

 

not approved by security

 

 

 

holders

0

$  0.00

0

 

 

 

 

Total

602,230

$10.83

107,930

 

(1) Lakeland Financial Corporation 1997 Share Incentive Plan adopted on April 14, 1998 by the Board of Directors.

 

86

 


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement, dated as of March 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information appearing in the definitive proxy statement, dated as of March 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

 

87

 


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

The documents listed below are filed as a part of this report:

 

 

(a)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

Document

Incorporated by reference to

 

 

 

3.1

Amended and Restated Articles

Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s

 

of Incorporation of Lakeland

Form S-8 filed with the

 

Financial Corporation

Commission on April 15, 1998

 

 

 

3.2

Bylaws of Lakeland

Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s

 

Financial Corporation

Form 10-Q for the quarter

 

 

ended June 30, 1996

 

 

 

4.1

Form of Common Stock Certificate

Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s

 

 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

10.1

Lakeland Financial

Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s

 

Corporation 1997 Share

Form S-8 filed with the

 

Incentive Plan

Commission on April 15, 1998

 

 

 

10.2

Form of Indenture for Trust Preferred

Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s

 

Issuance

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

10.3

Lakeland Financial Corporation 401(k)

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form

 

Plan

S-8 filed with the Commission on

 

 

October 23, 2000

 

 

 

10.4

Amended and Restated Lakeland

Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form

 

Financial Corporation Director’s Fee

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

Deferral Plan

December 31, 2002

 

 

 

10.5

Form of Change of Control Agreement

Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form

 

entered into with David M. Findlay and

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

Kevin L. Deardorff

December 31, 2001

 

 

 

10.6

Form of Change in Control Agreement

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form

 

entered into with Michael L. Kubacki and

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

Charles D. Smith

December 31, 2000

 

 

 

10.7

Employee Deferred Compensation Plan

Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form

 

and Form of Agreement

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

10.8

Schedule of Board Fees

Attached hereto

 

 

 

10.9

Form of Option Grant Agreement

Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form

 

 

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

10.10

Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form

 

 

10-K for the fiscal year ended

 

 

December 31, 2004

21.0

Subsidiaries

Attached hereto

 

 

 

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered

Attached hereto

 

Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Attached hereto

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e)/15d-15(e) and

 

 

13(a)-15(f)/15d-15(f)

 

 

 

 

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Attached hereto

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e)/15d-15(e) and

 

 

13(a)-15(f)/15d-15(f)

 

 

 

 

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Attached hereto

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as

 

 

adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the

 

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Attached hereto

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as

 

 

adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the

 

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

88

 


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

LAKELAND FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

Date: March 1, 2007

By /s/ Michael L. Kubacki

 

Michael L. Kubacki, Chairman

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

Title

Date

 

 

 

/s/ Michael L. Kubacki

 

 

Michael L. Kubacki

Principal Executive Officer and Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Findlay

 

 

David M. Findlay

Principal Financial Officer

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Teresa A. Bartman

 

 

Teresa A. Bartman

Principal Accounting Officer

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Bartels, Jr.

 

 

Robert E. Bartels, Jr.

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ L. Craig Fulmer

 

 

L. Craig Fulmer

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

___________________________________

 

 

Thomas A. Hiatt

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

___________________________________

 

 

George B. Huber

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Allan J. Ludwig

 

 

Allan J. Ludwig

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles E. Niemier

 

 

Charles E. Niemier

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Emily E. Pichon

 

 

Emily E. Pichon

Director

March 1, 2007

/s Richard L. Pletcher

 

 

Richard L. Pletcher

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven D. Ross

 

 

Steven D. Ross

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

___________________________________

 

 

Donald B. Steininger

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terry L. Tucker

 

 

Terry L. Tucker

Director

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ M. Scott Welch

 

 

M. Scott Welch

Director

March 1, 2007

 

S1

 


 

Table of Contents

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries

 

1.

Lake City Bank, Warsaw, Indiana, a banking corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana.

 

2.

Lakeland Statutory Trust II, a statutory business trust formed under Connecticut law.

 

3.

LCB Investments, Limited, a subsidiary of Lake City Bank formed under the laws of Bermuda to manage a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio.

 

4.

LCB Investments II, Inc., a subsidiary of Lake City Bank incorporated in Nevada to manage a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio.

 

5.

LCB Funding, Inc., a subsidiary of LCB Investments II, Inc. incorporated under the laws of Maryland to operate as a real estate investment trust.

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

Schedule of Board Fees

 

The Compensation Committee and Board of Directors of Lakeland Financial Corporation adopted the following fee schedule effective January 1, 2007:

 

Annual Director Retainer:

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

Annual Audit Committee Chairman Retainer:

 

$

12,000

 

 

 

Annual Lead Director Retainer:

 

$

11,000

 

 

 

Board Meeting Fee:

 

$

800

 

per meeting

 

Committee Meeting Fee:

 

$

650

 

per meeting

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (333-48402, 333-50135, 333-130396 and 333-135863) of Lakeland Financial Corporation of our reports, dated February 7, 2007, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Lakeland Financial Corporation and Lakeland Financial Corporation management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which reports appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

 

/s/Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

 

South Bend, Indiana

March 2, 2007

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

I, Michael L. Kubacki, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Financial Corporation;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purpose in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, and;

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

March 1, 2007

/s/Michael L. Kubacki

 

Michael L. Kubacki

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

I, David M. Findlay, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lakeland Financial Corporation;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purpose in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, and;

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:

March 1, 2007

/s/ David M. Findlay

 

David M. Findlay

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Lakeland Financial Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report), I, Michael L. Kubacki, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ Michael L. Kubacki

Michael L. Kubacki

Chief Executive Officer

March 1, 2007

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Lakeland Financial Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report), I, David M. Findlay, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Annual Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

 

/s/David M. Findlay

David M. Findlay

Chief Financial Officer

March 1, 2007